L9680
Automotive advanced airbag for mid/high end applications
and cut-off battery IC
Datasheet - production data
System voltage diagnostics with integrated
ADC
Squib/pyroswitch deployment drivers
– 12 channel HSD/LSD
– 25 V max deployment voltage
– Various deployment profiles
– Current monitoring
– Rmeasure, STB, STG & Leakage
diagnostics
– High & low side driver FET tests
GAPGPS02184
TQFP100 exposed pad down
(14x14x1.0mm)
High side safing switch regulator and enable
control
Features
AEC-Q100 qualified
Boost regulator for energy reserve
– 1.882 MHz operation, Iload = 70 mA max
– Output voltage user selectable, 23 V/ 33 V
±5%
– Capacitor value & ESR diagnostics
Boost regulator for PSI-5 SYNC pulse
– 1.882 MHz operation,
– Output voltage, 12 V/14.75 V, user
configurable
Four channel remote sensor interface
– PSI-5 satellite sensors
– Active wheel speed sensors
Three channel GPO, HSD or LSD configurable,
with PWM 0-100% control
Nine channel hall-effect, resistive or switch
sensor interface
User customizable safing logic
Specific disarm signal for passenger airbag
Temporal and algorithmic Watchdog timers
End of life disposal interface
Buck regulator for remote sensor
– 1.882 MHz operation
– Output voltage, 7.2 V/9 V ±4%, user
configurable
Temperature sensor
Buck regulator for micro controller unit
– 1.882 MHz operation
– Output voltage user selectable, 3.3 V or
5.0 V ±3%
Operating temperature, -40 to 95 °C
32 bit SPI communications
Integrated energy reserve crossover switch
– 3 Ω - 912 mA max
– Switch active output indicator
Battery voltage monitor & shutdown control
with Wake-up control
September 2021
This is information on a product in full production.
5.5 V minimum operating voltage at device
battery pin
Packaging - 100 pin
Applications
Mid/High end airbag systems
Cut-off battery systems
Pyro Fuse/Pyroswitch management
DS11615 Rev 3
1/286
www.st.com
Contents
L9680
Contents
1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2
Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3
Operative maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4
Pin out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5
Overview and block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6
2/286
5.1
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.2
Deployment drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.3
Remote sensor interfaces (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.4
DC sensor interfaces (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.5
General purpose outputs (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.6
Arming logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.7
Other features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Start-up and power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.1
Power supply overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.2
Power mode control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.2.1
POWER OFF mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2
SLEEP mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.3
ACTIVE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.4
PASSIVE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.5
Power-up and power-down sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.2.6
IC operating states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6.3
ERBOOST switching regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
6.4
Energy reserve capacitor charging and discharging circuits . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.5
ER CAP diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.5.1
ER CAP measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.5.2
ER CAP ESR measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.6
ER switch and COVRACT pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.7
SYNCBOOST boost regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
7
Contents
6.8
SATBUCK regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.9
VCC buck regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.10
VCOREMON external core voltage monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6.11
VSF regulator and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.12
Oscillators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.13
Reset control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SPI interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.1
SPI protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.2
Global SPI register map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.3
Global SPI tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Global SPI read/write register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.3.1
Fault status register (FLTSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.3.2
System configuration register (SYS_CFG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7.3.3
System control register (SYS_CTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.3.4
SPI Sleep command register (SPI_SLEEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
7.3.5
System status register (SYS_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
7.3.6
Power state register (POWER_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7.3.7
Deployment configuration registers (DCR_x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
7.3.8
Deployment command (DEPCOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
7.3.9
Deployment status registers (DSR_x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7.3.10
Deployment current monitor registers (DCMTSxy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
7.3.11
Deploy enable register (SPIDEPEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.3.12
Deployment ground loss register (LP_GNDLOSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.3.13
Device version register (VERSION_ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7.3.14
Watchdog retry configuration register (WD_RETRY_CONF) . . . . . . . . 91
7.3.15
Microcontroller fault test register (MCU_FLT_TEST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7.3.16
Watchdog timer configuration register (WDTCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
7.3.17
WD1 timer control register (WD1T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
7.3.18
WD state register (WDSTATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.3.19
Clock configuration register (CLK_CONF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.3.20
Scrap seed read command register (SCRAP_SEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
7.3.21
Scrap key write command register (SCRAP_KEY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
7.3.22
Scrap state entry command register (SCRAP_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
7.3.23
Safing state entry command register (SAFING_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.3.24
WD2 recover write command register (WD2_RECOVER) . . . . . . . . . . 98
DS11615 Rev 3
3/286
8
Contents
L9680
7.3.25
WD2 seed read command register (WD2_SEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
7.3.26
WD2 key write command register (WD2_KEY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
7.3.27
WD test command register (WD_TEST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
7.3.28
System diagnostic register (SYSDIAGREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.3.29
Diagnostic result register for deployment loops (LPDIAGSTAT) . . . . . 102
7.3.30
Loops diagnostic configuration command register for low level diagnostic
(LPDIAGREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.3.31
Loops diagnostic configuration command register for high level diagnostic
(LPDIAGREQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.3.32
DC sensor diagnostic configuration command register (SWCTRL) . . . 109
7.3.33
ADC request and data registers (DIAGCTRL_x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7.3.34
Configuration register for switching regulators (SW_REGS_CONF) . . 114
7.3.35
Global configuration register for GPO driver function (GPOCR) . . . . . 116
7.3.36
GPOx control register (GPOCTRLx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.3.37
GPO fault status register (GPOFLTSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
7.3.38
Wheel speed sensor test request register (WSS_TEST) . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.3.39
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel x (RSCRx) . . . . . . . . . . 122
7.3.40
Remote sensor control register (RSCTRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7.3.41
WSS Threshold configuration register 1 (RS_AUX_CONF1) . . . . . . . 127
7.3.42
WSS Threshold configuration register 2 (RS_AUX_CONF2) . . . . . . . 127
7.3.43
Safing algorithm configuration register (SAF_ALGO_CONF) . . . . . . . 128
7.3.44
Arming signals register (ARM_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.3.45
ARMx assignment registers to specific Loops
(LOOP_MATRIX_ARMx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.3.46
ARMx enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARMx) . . . . . . . . . 131
7.3.47
Passenger inhibit upper threshold for DC sensor 0
(PADTHRESH_HI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
7.3.48
Passenger inhibit lower threshold for DC sensor 0
(PADTHRESH_LO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
7.3.49
Assignment of PSINH signal to specific Loop(s)
(LOOP_MATRIX_PSINH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4/286
7.3.50
Safing records enable register (SAF_ENABLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
7.3.51
Safing records request mask registers (SAF_REQ_MASK_x) . . . . . . 134
7.3.52
Safing records request target registers (SAF_REQ_TARGET_x) . . . . 136
7.3.53
Safing records response mask registers (SAF_RESP_MASK_x) . . . . 138
7.3.54
Safing records response mask registers (SAF_RESP_TARGET_x) . . 140
7.3.55
Safing records data mask registers (SAF_DATA_MASK_x) . . . . . . . . 142
7.3.56
Safing record threshold registers (SAF_THRESHOLD_x) . . . . . . . . . 144
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Contents
7.3.57
Safing control x registers (SAF_CONTROL_x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7.3.58
Safing record compare complete register (SAF_CC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.4
Remote sensor SPI register map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7.5
Remote sensor SPI tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
7.5.1
7.6
8
Remote sensor SPI read/write registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.6.1
Remote sensor data/fault registers (RSDRx @FLT = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.6.2
Remote sensor data/fault registers w/o fault (RSDRx @ FLT=1) . . . . 155
7.6.3
Remote sensor x current registers y (RSTHRx_y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
7.6.4
Arming signals register (ARM_STATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.6.5
Safing record compare complete register (SAF_CC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Deployment drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8.1
Control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8.1.1
Deployment current selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.1.2
Deploy command expiration timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.1.3
Deployment control flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.1.4
Deployment current monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.1.5
Deployment success . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.2
Energy reserve - deployment voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.3
Deployment ground return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.4
Deployment driver protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.5
9
Remote sensor SPI global status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
8.4.1
Delayed low-side deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.2
Low-side voltage clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.3
Short to battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.4
Short to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4.5
Intermittent open squib/pyroswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.5.1
Low level diagnostic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.5.2
High level diagnostic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Remote sensor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
9.1
PSI5 mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
9.1.1
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
9.1.2
Sensor data integrity: LCID and CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
9.1.3
Detailed description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
DS11615 Rev 3
5/286
8
Contents
L9680
9.2
9.3
10
Wheel speed data register formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.2.2
Test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Remote sensor interface fault protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.3.1
Short to ground, current limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.3.2
Short to battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.3.3
Cross link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.3.4
Leakage to battery, sensor open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.3.5
Leakage to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.3.6
Thermal shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Temporal watchdog (WD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
10.1.1
Watchdog timer configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
10.1.2
Watchdog timer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
10.2
Algorithmic watchdog (WD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
10.3
Watchdog reset assertion timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
10.4
Watchdog timer disable input (WDT/TM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
DC sensor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
11.1
12
9.2.1
Watchdog timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
10.1
11
Active wheel speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Passenger inhibit interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Safing logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
12.1
Safing logic overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
12.2
SPI sensor data decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
12.3
In-frame and out-of-frame responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
12.4
Safing state machine operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
12.4.1
12.5
Safing engine output logic (ARMxINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
12.5.1
12.6
Simple threshold comparison operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Arming pulse stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Additional communication line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
13
General purpose output (GPO) drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
14
System voltage diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
14.1
6/286
Analog to digital algorithmic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Contents
15
Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
16
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
17
16.1
Application circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
16.2
BOM (Bill Of Materials) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
17.1
Configuration and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
17.2
Internal analog reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
17.3
Internal regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
17.4
Watchdog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
17.5
Oscillators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
17.6
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
17.7
SPI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
17.8
ERBoost regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
17.9
ER CAP current generators and diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
17.10 ER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
17.11 COVRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
17.12 SYNCBOOST converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
17.13 SATBUCK converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
17.14 VCC regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
17.15 VSF regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
17.16 Deployment drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
17.17 Deployment driver diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
17.17.1 Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
17.17.2 Squib/pyroswitch leakage test (VRCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
17.17.3 High/low side FET test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
17.17.4 Deployment timer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
17.18 Remote sensor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
17.18.1 PSI-5 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
17.18.2 WSS interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
17.19 DC sensor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
17.20 Safing engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
17.21 General purpose output drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
DS11615 Rev 3
7/286
8
Contents
L9680
17.22 Analog to digital converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
17.23 Voltage diagnostics (Analog MUX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
17.24 Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
18
Quality information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
18.1
OTP memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
19
Errata sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
20
Package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
20.1
TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package information . . . . . . 281
21
Order codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
22
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
8/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
List of tables
List of tables
Table 1.
Table 2.
Table 3.
Table 4.
Table 5.
Table 6.
Table 7.
Table 8.
Table 9.
Table 10.
Table 11.
Table 12.
Table 13.
Table 14.
Table 15.
Table 16.
Table 17.
Table 18.
Table 19.
Table 20.
Table 21.
Table 22.
Table 23.
Table 24.
Table 25.
Table 26.
Table 27.
Table 28.
Table 29.
Table 30.
Table 31.
Table 32.
Table 33.
Table 34.
Table 35.
Table 36.
Table 37.
Table 38.
Table 39.
Table 40.
Table 41.
Table 42.
Table 43.
Table 44.
Table 45.
Table 46.
Table 47.
Table 48.
Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Operative maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Functions disabling by state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SPI MOSI and MISO frames layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Global SPI register map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Global SPI Global Status Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Remote sensor SPI register map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
GSW - Remote sensor SPI global status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Short between loops diagnostics decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
HS FET TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
LS FET TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Watchdog timer status description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
WD2 states and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Example of combine function operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Short to ground fault in LS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Short to battery fault in HS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Diagnostics control register (DIAGCTRLx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Diagnostics divider ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Bill Of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Configuration and control DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Configuration and control AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Open ground detection DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
GND_OPEN_AC - Open ground detection DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Internal analog reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Internal regulator DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Internal regulators AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Temporal watchdog timer AC specifications (WD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Algorithmic watchdog timer DC specifications (WD2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Algorithmic watchdog timer AC specifications (WD2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Oscillators specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Reset DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Reset AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Global and remote sensor SPI DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
SPI AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
ERBoost regulator DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
ERBoost regulator AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
ERBOOST Converter external components design info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
ER CAP current generators and diagnostic DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
ER CAP current generators and diagnostic AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
ER Switch DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
ER Switch AC specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
COVRACT DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
COVRACT AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
SYNCBOOST converter DC specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
SYNCBOOST converter AC specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
SYNCBOOST converter external components design info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
SATBUCK converter DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
SATBUCK converter AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
DS11615 Rev 3
9/286
10
List of tables
Table 49.
Table 50.
Table 51.
Table 52.
Table 53.
Table 54.
Table 55.
Table 56.
Table 57.
Table 58.
Table 59.
Table 60.
Table 61.
Table 62.
Table 63.
Table 64.
Table 65.
Table 66.
Table 67.
Table 68.
Table 69.
Table 70.
Table 71.
Table 72.
Table 73.
Table 74.
Table 75.
Table 76.
10/286
L9680
SATBUCK converter external components design info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
VCC converter DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
VCC converter AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
VCC converter external components design info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
VSF regulator DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
VSF regulator AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Deployment drivers – DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Deployment drivers – AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Deployment drivers diagnostics - Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement . . . . . . . . . 259
Squib/pyroswitch Leakage Test (VRCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
High/low side FET test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Deployment timer test - AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
PSI-5 satellite transceiver - DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
WSS sensor - DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
WSS sensor - AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
DC Sensor interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Arming Interface – DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Arming interface – AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
GPO interface DC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
GPO driver interface – AC specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Analog to digital converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Voltage diagnostics (Analog MUX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Temperature sensor specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Errata sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Device summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Document revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
List of figures
List of figures
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.
Figure 14.
Figure 15.
Figure 16.
Figure 17.
Figure 18.
Figure 19.
Figure 20.
Figure 21.
Figure 22.
Figure 23.
Figure 24.
Figure 25.
Figure 26.
Figure 27.
Figure 28.
Figure 29.
Figure 30.
Figure 31.
Figure 32.
Figure 33.
Figure 34.
Figure 35.
Figure 36.
Figure 37.
Figure 38.
Figure 39.
Figure 40.
Figure 41.
Figure 42.
Figure 43.
Figure 44.
Figure 45.
Figure 46.
Pin connection diagram (top view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Device function block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power supply block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power control state flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Wake-up input signal behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Normal power-up sequence with VCOREMON function disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Normal power-up sequence with VCOREMON function enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Normal power down sequence through POWERMODE SHUTDOWN state - no ER cap
active discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Normal power down sequence through Powermode Shutdown state - ER cap
active discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Normal power down sequence through ER state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
IC operating state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ERBOOST regulator block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ERBOOST regulator state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ER charge state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ER discharge state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
ER CAP measurement block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
ER CAP measurement timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
ER ESR measurement block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ER ESR measurement timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ER switch state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
SYNCBOOST regulator block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
SYNCBOOST regulator state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
SATBUCK regulator state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
VCC regulator state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
VSF control logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Internal voltage monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Reset control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Deployment driver control blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Deployment driver control logic - Enable signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Deployment driver control logic - Turn-on signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Deployment driver block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Global SPI deployment enable state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Current monitor counter behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Deployment loop diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
SRx pull-down enable logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Deployment timer diagnostic sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
High level loop diagnostic flow1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
High level loop diagnostic flow2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Remote sensor interface logic blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
PSI-5 remote sensor protocol (10-bit, 1-bit parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Manchester bit encoding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Remote sensor synchronization pulses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
PSI5 slot timing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Manchester decoder state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Wheel speed sensor protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
WD1 Temporal watchdog state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
DS11615 Rev 3
11/286
12
List of figures
Figure 47.
Figure 48.
Figure 49.
Figure 50.
Figure 51.
Figure 52.
Figure 53.
Figure 54.
Figure 55.
Figure 56.
Figure 57.
Figure 58.
Figure 59.
Figure 60.
Figure 61.
Figure 62.
Figure 63.
Figure 64.
Figure 65.
Figure 66.
Figure 67.
Figure 68.
Figure 69.
Figure 70.
Figure 71.
Figure 72.
Figure 73.
Figure 74.
12/286
L9680
Watchdog timer refresh diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Algorithmic watchdog timer flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
DC sensor interface block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Passenger inhibit logic diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Top level safing engine flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Safing engine – 32-bit message decoding flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Safing engine – 16-bit Message decoding flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Safing engine - Validate data flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Safing engine - Combine function flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Safing engine threshold comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Safing engine - Compare complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
In-frame example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Out-of-frame example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Safing engine arming flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Safing engine diagnostic logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ARMx input/output control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Pulse stretch timer example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Scrap SEED-KEY state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Scrap ACL state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Disposal PWM signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
GPO driver and diagnostic block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
GPO Over temperature logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
ADC MUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ADC conversion time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Application circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
SPI timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Deployment drivers diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
1
Description
Description
The L9680 is a chip that can be used in advanced airbag systems for mature airbag markets
or in cut-off battery systems for integrated safety markets. This device is family compatible
with the L9678 and L9679 devices. Safety system integration is enabled through higher
power supply currents and integrated active wheel speed sensor interface. The active wheel
speed interface is shared with the PSI-5 satellite interface to create a generic remote safety
sensor interface compliant to both systems.
High frequency power supply design allows further cost reduction by using smaller and less
expensive external components. All switching regulators operate at 1.882 MHz while buck
converters have integrated synchronous rectifiers.
Additional attention is given to system integrity and diagnostics. The reserve capacitor is
electrically isolated from the boost regulator by a 65 mA nominal fixed current source,
controlling in-rush an additional capacitor discharge fixed current source is integrated to
diagnose the reserve capacitor value and ESR. The same current sources can be used to
discharge the capacitor at shutdown.
Thanks to low quiescent current, the device can be directly connected to battery. In this way,
the device start-up and shutdown are controlled through the wake-up input function. The
power supply and crossover function are controlled automatically through the internal state
machine.
The user can select both ECU logic voltage (VCC at 3.3 V or 5.0 V) and energy reserve
output voltage (at either 23 V or 33 V). Deployment voltage is set to a maximum of 25 V for
all profiles and can be controlled through external safing switch circuit using the high side
safing switch reference enabled through the system SPI interface or the arming logic.
DS11615 Rev 3
13/286
285
Absolute maximum ratings
2
L9680
Absolute maximum ratings
This part may be irreparably damaged if taken outside the specified absolute maximum
ratings. Operation above the absolute maximum ratings may also cause a decrease in
reliability.
The operating junction temperature range is -40 °C to +150 °C. The maximum junction
temperature must not be exceeded except when in deployment and within the deploy power
stages. Deployment is possible starting with a junction temperature of 150 °C. A power
dissipation calculation has to be performed for the final application limiting the available
functionality to a subset of it in order to respect to the power dissipation capability.
Table 1. Absolute maximum ratings
Pin#
Pin name
1
CS_RS
2
Min
Max
Unit
Remote SPI interface chip select
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
SCLK_RS
Remote SPI interface clock
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
3
MOSI_RS
Remote SPI interface data in
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
4
MISO_RS
Remote SPI interface data out
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
5
RESET
Reset output
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
6
MISO_G
Global SPI interface data out
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
7
MOSI_G
Global SPI interface data in
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
8
SCLK_G
Global SPI interface clock
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
9
CS_G
Global SPI interface chip select
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
10
WDT/TM
Watchdog disable
-0.3
20
V
11
SR4
Squib/pyroswitch 4 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
12
SF4
Squib/pyroswitch 4 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
13
SS45
Squib/pyroswitch 4 & 5 deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
14
SF5
Squib/pyroswitch 5 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
15
SR5
Squib/pyroswitch 5 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
16
SR0
Squib/pyroswitch 0 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
17
SF0
Squib/pyroswitch 0 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
18
SS01
Squib/pyroswitch 0 & 1 deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
19
SF1
Squib/pyroswitch 1 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
20
SR1
Squib/pyroswitch 1 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
21
SR8
Squib/pyroswitch 8 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
22
SF8
Squib/pyroswitch 8 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
23
SS89
Squib/pyroswitch 8 & 9 deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
24
SF9
Squib/pyroswitch 9 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
25
SR9
Squib/pyroswitch 9 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
26
DCS8
DC Sensor interface channel 8
-2
40
V
14/286
Pin function
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Absolute maximum ratings
Table 1. Absolute maximum ratings (continued)
Pin#
Pin name
27
DCS7
28
Pin function
Min
Max
Unit
DC Sensor interface channel 7
-2
40
V
DCS6
DC Sensor interface channel 6
-2
40
V
29
DCS5
DC Sensor interface channel 5
-2
40
V
30
DCS4
DC Sensor interface channel 4
-2
40
V
31
DCS3
DC Sensor interface channel 3
-2
40
V
32
DCS2
DC Sensor interface channel 2
-2
40
V
33
DCS1
DC Sensor interface channel 1
-2
40
V
34
DCS0
DC Sensor interface channel 0
-2
40
V
35
RSU0
PSI-5/WSS ch. 0 remote sensor output
-1
40
V
36
RSU1
PSI-5/WSS ch. 1 remote sensor output
-1
40
V
37
RSU2
PSI-5/WSS ch. 2 remote sensor output
-1
40
V
38
RSU3
PSI-5/WSS ch. 3 remote sensor output
-1
40
V
39
GPOD0
GPO driver 0 drain output pin
-1
40
V
40
GPOS0
GPO driver 0 source output pin
-1
40
V
41
GPOS1
GPO driver 1 source output pin
-1
40
V
42
GPOD1
GPO driver 1 drain output pin
-1
40
V
43
GPOD2
GPO driver 2 drain output pin
-1
40
V
44
GPOS2
GPO driver 2 source output pin
-1
40
V
45
COVRACT
External Crossover Switch Driver
-0.3
40
V
46
VCOREMON
External Regulator Monitor
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
47
MCUFAULTB
Active Low MCU Fault Monitoring Input
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
48
SATSYNC
Initiate Satellite Sensor Sync Pulse
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
49
PSINHB
Active Low Passenger Airbag Inhibit Control
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
50
GNDSUB1
Substrate ground / Squib/pyroswitch ground
-0.3
0.3
V
51
SRB
Squib/pyroswitch B low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
52
SFB
Squib/pyroswitch B high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
53
SSAB
Squib/pyroswitch A & B deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
54
SFA
Squib/pyroswitch A high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
55
SRA
Squib/pyroswitch A low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
56
SR3
Squib/pyroswitch 3 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
57
SF3
Squib/pyroswitch 3 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
58
SS23
Squib/pyroswitch 2 & 3 deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
59
SF2
Squib/pyroswitch 2 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
60
SR2
Squib/pyroswitch 2 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
61
SR7
Squib/pyroswitch 7 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
DS11615 Rev 3
15/286
285
Absolute maximum ratings
L9680
Table 1. Absolute maximum ratings (continued)
Pin#
Pin name
62
SF7
63
SS67
64
Min
Max
Unit
Squib/pyroswitch 7 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
Squib/pyroswitch 6 & 7 deployment supply pin
-0.3
40
V
SF6
Squib/pyroswitch 6 high-side pin
-1.0
40
V
65
SR6
Squib/pyroswitch 6 low-side pin
-0.3
35
V
66
GNDA
Analog ground
-0.3
0.3
V
67
SAF_CS0
SPI interface safing sensor chip select 0
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
68
SAF_CS1
SPI interface safing sensor chip select 1
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
69
SAF_CS2
SPI interface safing sensor chip select 2
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
70
SAF_CS3
SPI interface safing sensor chip select 3
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
71
WD2_LockOut
WD2 fault output
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
72
WS3
Wheel speed output Ch3
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
73
WS2
Wheel speed output Ch2
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
74
WS1
Wheel speed output Ch1
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
75
WS0
Wheel speed output Ch0
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
76
VCCSEL
VCC select / VCOREMON disable input
-0.3
40
V
77
ACL
EOL disposal control input
-0.3
40
V
78
WAKEUP
Wake-up control input
-0.3
40
V
79
VBATMON
Battery line voltage monitor
-18(1)
40
V
80
VSF
Safing regulator supply output
-0.3
40
V
81
VIN
Battery connection
-0.3
40
V
82
VER
Reserve voltage
-0.3
40
V
83
ERBOOST
Energy reserve regulator output
-0.3
40
V
84
ERBSTSW
ER Boost switching output
-0.3
40
V
85
BSTGND
Boost regulators ground
-0.3
0.3
V
86
SYNCBSTSW
SYNC Boost switching output
-0.3
40
V
87
SYNCBOOST
SYNC boost output voltage
-0.3
40
V
88
SATBCKSW
SAT Buck switching output
-0.3
40
V
89
SATGND
SAT Buck regulator ground
-0.3
0.3
V
90
SATBUCK
SAT Buck output voltage
-0.3
40
-
91
VCCBCKSW
VCC Buck switch output
-0.3
40
V
92
VCCGND
VCC Buck Ground
-0.3
0.3
V
93
CVDD
Internal 3.3V regulator output
-0.3
4.6
V
94
GNDD
Digital ground
-0.3
0.3
-
95
VCC
VCC Buck voltage
-0.3
6.5
V
96
ARM1
Arming output 1
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
16/286
Pin function
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Absolute maximum ratings
Table 1. Absolute maximum ratings (continued)
Pin#
Pin name
97
ARM2
98
Pin function
Min
Max
Unit
Arming output 2
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
ARM3
Arming output 3
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
99
ARM4
Arming output 4
-0.3
VCC+0.3 6.5
V
100
GNDSUB2
Substrate ground / Squib/pyroswitch ground
-0.3
0.3
V
-
Exposed pad
down
Substrate ground / Squib/pyroswitch ground
-0.3
0.3
V
1. VBATMON negative AMR is -18 V or -20 mA.
DS11615 Rev 3
17/286
285
Operative maximum ratings
3
L9680
Operative maximum ratings
Within the operating ratings the part operates as specified and without parameter
deviations. Once taken beyond the operative ratings and returned back within, the part will
recover with no damage or degradation.
Additional supply voltage and temperature conditions are given separately at the beginning
of each specification table.
Table 2. Operative maximum ratings
Pin
#
Pin name
1
CS_RS
2
Min
Max
Unit
Remote SPI interface chip select
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
SCLK_RS
Remote SPI interface clock
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
3
MOSI_RS
Remote SPI interface data in
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
4
MISO_RS
Remote SPI interface data out
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
5
RESET
Reset output
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
6
MISO_G
Global SPI interface data out
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
7
MOSI_G
Global SPI interface data in
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
8
SCLK_G
Global SPI interface clock
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
9
CS_G
Global SPI interface chip select
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
10
WDT/TM
Watchdog disable
-0.1
15
V
11
SR4
Squib/pyroswitch 4 low-side pin
-0.1
SS45
V
12
SF4
Squib/pyroswitch 4 high-side pin
-1.0
SS45
V
13
SS45
Squib/pyroswitch 4 & 5 deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
14
SF5
Squib/pyroswitch 5 high-side pin
-1.0
SS45
V
15
SR5
Squib/pyroswitch 5 low-side pin
-0.1
SS45
V
16
SR0
Squib/pyroswitch 0 low-side pin
-0.1
SS01
V
17
SF0
Squib/pyroswitch 0 high-side pin
-1.0
SS01
V
18
SS01
Squib/pyroswitch 0 & 1 deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
19
SF1
Squib/pyroswitch 1 high-side pin
-1.0
SS01
V
20
SR1
Squib/pyroswitch 1 low-side pin
-0.1
SS01
V
21
SR8
Squib/pyroswitch 8 low-side pin
-0.1
SS89
V
22
SF8
Squib/pyroswitch 8 high-side pin
-1.0
SS89
V
23
SS89
Squib/pyroswitch 8 & 9 deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
24
SF9
Squib/pyroswitch 9 high-side pin
-1.0
SS89
V
25
SR9
Squib/pyroswitch 9 low-side pin
-0.1
SS89
V
18/286
Pin function
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Operative maximum ratings
Table 2. Operative maximum ratings (continued)
Pin
#
Pin name
26
DCS8
27
Pin function
Min
Max
Unit
DC sensor interface channel 8
-1
18
V
DCS7
DC sensor interface channel 7
-1
18
V
28
DCS6
DC sensor interface channel 6
-1
18
V
29
DCS5
DC sensor interface channel 5
-1
18
V
30
DCS4
DC sensor interface channel 4
-1
18
V
31
DCS3
DC sensor interface channel 3
-1
18
V
32
DCS2
DC sensor interface channel 2
-1
18
V
33
DCS1
DC sensor interface channel 1
-1
18
V
34
DCS0
DC Sensor interface channel 0
-1
18
V
35
RSU0
PSI-5/WSS ch. 0 remote sensor output
-1
VRSU_SYNC_MAX
V
36
RSU1
PSI-5/WSS ch. 1 remote sensor output
-1
VRSU_SYNC_MAX
V
37
RSU2
PSI-5/WSS ch. 2 remote sensor output
-1
VRSU_SYNC_MAX
V
38
RSU3
PSI-5/WSS ch. 3 remote sensor output
-1
VRSU_SYNC_MAX
V
39
GPOD0
GPO driver 0 drain output pin
-0.1
40
V
40
GPOS0
GPO driver 0 source output pin
-1
40
V
41
GPOS1
GPO driver 1 source output pin
-1
40
V
42
GPOD1
GPO driver 1 drain output pin
-0.1
40
V
43
GPOD2
GPO driver 2 drain output pin
-0.1
40
V
44
GPOS2
GPO driver 2 source output pin
-1
40
V
45
COVRACT
External crossover switch driver
-0.1
40
V
46
VCOREMON
External regulator monitor
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
47
MCUFAULTB
Active low MCU fault monitoring input
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
48
SATSYNC
Initiate satellite sensor sync pulse
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
49
PSINHB
Active low passenger airbag inhibit control
-0.1
VCC+0.1 5.5
V
50
GNDSUB1
Substrate ground / Squib/pyroswitch ground
-0.1
0.1
V
51
SRB
Squib/pyroswitch B low-side pin
-0.1
SSAB
V
52
SFB
Squib/pyroswitch B high-side pin
-1.0
SSAB
V
53
SSAB
Squib/pyroswitch A & B deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
54
SFA
Squib/pyroswitch A high-side pin
-1.0
SSAB
V
55
SRA
Squib/pyroswitch A low-side pin
-0.1
SSAB
V
56
SR3
Squib/pyroswitch 3 low-side pin
-0.1
SS23
V
57
SF3
Squib/pyroswitch 3 high-side pin
-1.0
SS23
V
58
SS23
Squib/pyroswitch 2 & 3 deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
DS11615 Rev 3
19/286
285
Operative maximum ratings
L9680
Table 2. Operative maximum ratings (continued)
Pin
#
Pin name
59
SF2
60
Min
Max
Unit
Squib/pyroswitch 2 high-side pin
-1.0
SS23
V
SR2
Squib/pyroswitch 2 low-side pin
-0.1
SS23
V
61
SR7
Squib/pyroswitch 7 low-side pin
-0.1
SS67
V
62
SF7
Squib/pyroswitch 7 high-side pin
-1.0
SS67
V
63
SS67
Squib/pyroswitch 6 & 7 deployment supply
pin
-0.1
VER
V
64
SF6
Squib/pyroswitch 6 high-side pin
-1.0
SS67
V
65
SR6
Squib/pyroswitch 6 low-side pin
-0.1
SS67
V
66
GNDA
Analog ground
-0.1
0.1
V
67
SAF_CS0
SPI interface safing sensor chip select 0
-0.1
VCC+0.1 VTH2_H_VCCSEL (VCCSEL shorted to SYNCBOOST), to select VCC = 5 V
and to disable the VCORE monitor.
The VCORE monitor is enabled once the VCC regulator is in VCC_ON state, therefore the
external MCU core voltage regulator (1.2 V) must reach the regulation within 4ms after the
VCC regulator power-up.
Upon latching the VCCSEL state, the VCOREMON activation cannot be changed by the
user.
In case of VCCSEL open pin, an internal pull down current would force VCCSEL to ground
and then the VCORE monitor will be enabled function.
If the VCORE voltage is low and the VCCSEL pin is higher than VTH1_L_VCCSEL, after the
4ms delay from power-up, a latched VCOREMON fault will cause RESET to drive low, even
though VCCSEL pin is high enough to satisfy the disabling of VCOREMON function. This
occurs only once at power-up, and is then appropriately disabled. For this reason the
RESET is released 500 µs (namely the reset_hold_time) after the 4 ms delay from power-up
as showed in Figure 6.
50/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
6.11
Start-up and power control
VSF regulator and control
The L9680 provides a low current linear regulator that can be used in the system design to
bias the external high side safing switch. The regulator output is 20 V nominal (configurable
to 25 V via SPI command). VSF is enabled if any of the ARMxINT signal is asserted, as
shown in Figure 25. The VSF regulator supply input is ERBOOST.
Figure 25. VSF control logic
SAFESEL
ARM1INT
ARM2INT
ARM3INT
ARM4INT
SAFING STATE
ARM_EN
VSF_EN
DIAG STATE
DSTEST(VSF)
ARMING STATE
GAPGPS02268
VSF voltage can be monitored by the user through the internal ADC. Characteristics for this
function are shown in the electrical performance tables.
6.12
Oscillators
The device integrates two trimmed oscillators, both of them with spread spectrum capability
selectable via the CLK_CNF register.
The main oscillator runs at 16 MHz typ and is used to provide clock to the internal
synchronous logic. Moreover, this frequency is divided down by factor 8.5 to generate
clocks for the switching regulators (1.882 MHz typ).
The auxiliary oscillator runs at 7.5 MHz typ and is used to monitor the main oscillator. In
case the main oscillator frequency was lower than fOSC_LOW_TH threshold or higher than
fOSC_HIGH_TH threshold, the condition is detected by the frequency monitor circuit and then
latched into the CLKFRERR flag in the FLTSR register and a POR is issued.
6.13
Reset control
The device provides reset logic to safely control system operation in the event of internal
ECU failures. Several internal reset signals are generated depending on the type of failure
detected. In Figure 26 the voltage monitoring diagram is shown.
DS11615 Rev 3
51/286
285
Start-up and power control
L9680
Figure 26. Internal voltage monitors
Reference for
Controlling all supplies
VBGR
(Reference)
VINT3V3
VBGM
(Monitor)
VBG_READY
VINT3V3
Monitor
OV_VINT3V3
UV_VINT3V3
OV_CVDD
VDD
VDD
Monitor
VCORE pin
VCORE
Monitor
VCC
VCC
Monitor
MCUFAULTB pin
GNDSUBx
GNDA
UV_CVDD
VCORE_OV
VCORE_UV
VCORE_ERR
VCC_OV
VCC_UV
1ms
One-shot
Pulse gen
10μs
Deglitch
Filter
VREG_ERR
GNDA
Monitor
VCC_ERR
MCUFLT_ERR
GNDA_ERR
GND_ERR
GNDD
BSTGND
GNDD
Monitor
BSTGND
Monitor
GNDD_ERR
BSTGND_loss
GAPGPS02272
An active low pin output (RESET pin) is driven from the L9680 to allow resetting of external
devices such as the microcontroller, sensors, and other ICs within the ECU.
Three internal reset signals are generated by the device:
POR
Power On Reset - This reset is asserted when a failure is detected in the internal
supplies or bandgap circuits. When active, all other resets are asserted.
WSM_RESET
Watchdog State Machine Reset - This reset is generated when the POR is active or
when a failure is detected in the VCC or VCORE supply.
SSM_RESET
System State Machine Reset - This reset is asserted when the POR or the
WSM_RESET are active, or when a failure is detected in either Watchdog state
machine, or again when the MCUFAULTB pin is active.
The RESET pin is the active-low signal driven on the output pin, and is an inverted form of
SSM_RESET.
The cause of the RESET activation is latched and reported into the Fault Status Register
FLTSR and cleared upon SPI reading.
The reset generated by the MCUFLT_ERR can be masked by the MCU_FLT_TEST test
mode signal. This allows verification of MCUFLT pin operation and, in turn, microcontroller
fault conditions without asserting a reset. The MCURST bit is still set whether in test mode
or not.
The reset logic shall be controlled as shown in the diagram below:
52/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Start-up and power control
Figure 27. Reset control logic
CLKFRERR
GND_ERR
VBG_READY
POR
SUPPLY_POR
VREG_ERR
VCC_ERR
WSM_Reset
VCORE_ERR
DIS_VCOREMON
Reset_hold_time
MCUFLT_ERR
MCU_SSMRST
MCU_FLT_TM
WD1 RESET state
SSM_Reset
WD2 RESET state
RESET (pin)
WD2 STOPPING state
WD2_SSMRST
WD2_TM
S
SPI_Read
GAPGPS02273
DS11615 Rev 3
R
MCURST
53/286
285
SPI interfaces
7
L9680
SPI interfaces
The L9680 system solution device has many user selectable features controlled through
serial communications by the integrated microcontroller. The device features two SPI
interfaces: one global SPI and one Remote Sensor SPI. The global SPI interface provides
general configuration, control and status functions for the device, while the Remote Sensor
SPI provides dedicated access to Remote Sensor Data and Status Registers.
7.1
SPI protocol
Each SPI interface (Global and Remote Sensor) use their own dedicated set of 4 I/O pins:
CS_G, SCLK_G, MOSI_G and MISO_G for Global SPI; CS_RS, SCLK_RS, MOSI_RS and
MISO_RS for Remote Sensor SPI. Both the SPI interfaces use the same protocol described
here below (the suffix ‘_X’ used in the SPI pin names below is intended to stand for either
‘_G’ or ‘_RS’ depending on the particular SPI interface considered)
The IC SPI interface is composed by an input shift register, an output shift register and four
control signals. MOSI_X is the data input to the input shift register. MISO_X is the data
output from the output shift register. SCLK_X is the clock input used to shift data into the
input shift register or out from the output one while CS_X is the active low chip select input.
All SPI communications are executed in exact 32 bit increments. The general format of the
32 bit transmission for the SPI interface is shown in Table 4.
Data sent to the IC (i.e. MOSI_X) consists of a target read register ID (RID), a target write
register ID (WID), write data parity (WPAR) and 16 bits of data (WRITE). WRITE data is the
data to be written to the target write register indicated by WID. Data returned from the IC
(i.e. MISO_X) consists of a global status word (GSW), read data parity (RPAR) and 20 bits
of data (READ). READ data will be the contents of the target read register as indicated by
the RID bits. The parity bits WPAR and RPAR cover all the 32 bits of the MOSI and MISO
frames, respectively. Odd parity type is used.
Table 4.SPI MOSI and MISO frames layout
SPI register R/W
SPI_MOSI
SPI_MISO
SPI_MOSI
SPI_MISO
31
GID
30
29
28
15
14
13
12
27
26
25
RID[6:0]
GSW[10:0]
11
10
9
24
23
22
21
8
7
6
WRITE[15:0]
READ[15:0]
5
20
19
WID[6:0]
RPAR
4
3
18
17
16
WPAR
READ[19:16]
2
1
0
The communications is controlled through CS_X, enabling and disabling communication.
When CS_X is at logic high, all SPI communication I/O is tri-stated and no data is accepted.
When CS_X is low, data is latched on the rising edge of SCLK_X and data is shifted on the
falling edge. The MOSI_X pin receives serial data from the master with MSB first. Likewise
for MISO_X, data is read MSB first, LSB last.
The L9680 contains a data validation method through the SCLK_X input to keep
transmissions with not exactly 32 bits from being written to the device. The SCLK_X input
counts the number of received clocks and should the clock counter exceed or count fewer
54/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
than 32 clocks, the received message is discarded and a SPI_FLT bit is flagged in the
Global Status Word (GSW). The SPI_FLT bit is also set in case of parity error detected on
the MOSI_X frame. Any attempt to access to a register with forbidden access mode (read or
write) is not leading to changes to the internal registers but the SPI_FLT bit is not set in this
case.
7.2
Global SPI register map
The Global SPI interface consists of several 32-bit registers to allow for configuration,
control and status of the IC as well as special manufacturing test modes. The register
definition is defined by the read register ID (RID) and the write register ID (WID) as shown in
Table 5. Global ID bit (GID) is used to extend available register addresses, but it is shared
between RID and WID; only RID and WID with the same GID value can be addressed within
the same SPI word. The operating states here show in which states the SPI command is
processed.
The L9680 checks the validity of the received WID and RID fields in the MOSI_G frame.
Should a SPI write command with WID matching a writable register be received in an illegal
operating state, the command will be discarded and the ERR_WID bit will be flagged in the
next Global Status Word GSW. The ERR_WID flag is not set in case WID is addressing a
read/only register. Should a SPI read command be received containing an unused RID
address, the command will be discarded and the ERR_RID bit will be flagged in the current
GSW.
DS11615 Rev 3
55/286
285
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
R
FLTSR
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 $00
Global fault status register
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 $01 R/W
SYS_CFG
Power supply configuration(2)
X
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 $02 R/W
SYS_CTL
Register for power management
X
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 $03
W
SPI_SLEEP
Sleep Mode command
X
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 $04
R
SYS_STATE
Read register to report in which state the
power control state machine is and also in
which operating state the device is
0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 $05
R
POWER_STATE
0
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 $06 R/W
DCR_0
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 $07 R/W
DCR_1
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 $08 R/W
DCR_2
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 $09 R/W
DCR_3
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 $0A R/W
DCR_4
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 $0B R/W
DCR_5
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 $0C R/W
DCR_6
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 $0D R/W
DCR_7
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 $0E R/W
DCR_8
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 $0F R/W
DCR_9
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 $10 R/W
DCR_A
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 $11 R/W
DCR_B
X
X
X
X
0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 $12 R/W
DEPCOM
0
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 $13
R
DSR_0
0
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 $14
R
DSR_1
0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 $15
R
DSR_2
SPI interfaces
56/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map
Power state register (feedback on regulators'
status and voltage thresholds)
Deployment configuration register
Deployment command register
X
X
Deployment status register
L9680
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
DS11615 Rev 3
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 $16
R
DSR_3
0
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 $17
R
DSR_4
0
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 $18
R
DSR_5
0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 $19
R
DSR_6
0
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 $1A
R
DSR_7
0
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 $1B
R
DSR_8
0
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 $1C
R
DSR_9
0
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 $1D
R
DSR_A
0
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 $1E
R
DSR_B
0
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 $1F
R
DCMTS01
0
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 $20
R
DCMTS23
0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 $21
R
DCMTS45
0
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 $22
R
DCMTS67
0
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 $23
R
DCMTS89
0
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 $24
R
DCMTSAB
0
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 $25 R/W
0
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 $26
R
LP_GNDLOSS
0
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 $27
R
VERSION_ID
0
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 $28 R/W
0
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 $29
0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 $2A R/W
WDTCR
0
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 $2B R/W
0
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 $2C
0
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 $2D R/W
W
R
SPIDEPEN
WD_RETRY_CONF
Deployment status register
Deployment current monitor register
Lock/Unlock command
X
Loss of ground fault for squib/pyroswitch
loops
Device version
Watchdog Retry Configuration
X
Microcontroller Fault test
X
Watchdog first level configuration
X
WD1T
Watchdog first level key transmission
WD_STATE
Watchdog first and second level state
CLK_CONF
Clock configuration
MCU_FLT_TEST
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SPI interfaces
57/286
0
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
0
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 $2E
R
SCRAP_SEED
Scrap Seed command
0
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 $2F
W
SCRAP_KEY
0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 $30
W
SCRAP_STATE
Scrap State command
X
0
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 $31
W
SAFING_STATE
Safing State command
X
0
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 $32
W
WD2_RECOVER
Watchdog second level recovery command
0
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 $33
R
WD2_SEED
Watchdog second level seed transmission
0
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 $34
W
WD2_KEY
0
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 $35
W
WD_TEST
0
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 $36 R/W
SYSDIAGREQ
Diagnostic command for system safing
0
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 $37
LPDIAGSTAT
Diagnostic result register for deployment
loops
0
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 $38 R/W
LPDIAGREQ
Diagnostic configuration command for
deployment loops
0
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 $39 R/W
SWCTRL
0
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 $3A R/W
0
Scrap Key command
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Watchdog second level key transmission
X
X
X
X
X
Watchdog first and second level test
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DC sensor diagnostic configuration
X
X
X
X
DIAGCTRL_A
In WID is AtoD converter control register A. In
RID is AtoD result A request.
X
X
X
X
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 $3B R/W
DIAGCTRL_B
In WID is AtoD converter control register B. In
RID is AtoD result B request.
X
X
X
X
0
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 $3C R/W
DIAGCTRL_C
In WID is AtoD converter control register C. In
RID is AtoD result C request.
X
X
X
X
0
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 $3D R/W
DIAGCTRL_D
In WID is AtoD converter control register D. In
RID is AtoD result D request.
X
X
X
X
0
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 $3E
0
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 $3F R/W
SW_REGS_CONF
Configuration register for switching regulators
X
X
X
X
0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 $40
0
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 $41
0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 $42 R/W
R
General Purpose Output configuration
X
X
X
L9680
GPOCR
SPI interfaces
58/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 $43 R/W
GPOCTRL0
General Purpose Output 0 control register
X
X
X
X
X
0
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 $44 R/W
GPOCTRL1
General Purpose Output 1 control register
X
X
X
X
X
0
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 $45 R/W
GPOCTRL2
General Purpose Output 2 control register
X
X
X
X
X
0
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 $46
GPOFLTSR
General Purpose Output fault status register
0
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 $47
0
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 $48 R/W
WSS_TEST
WSS testmode request
X
0
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 $49
0
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 $4A R/W
RSCR0
PSI5/WSS configuration register
X
0
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 $4B R/W
RSCR1
X
0
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 $4C R/W
RSCR2
X
0
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 $4D R/W
RSCR3
X
0
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 $4E R/W
RSCTRL
X
X
X
0
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 $4F
0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 $50
0
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 $51
0
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 $52
0
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 $53
0
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 $54
0
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 $55
0
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 $56
0
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 $57
0
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 $58
0
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 $59
0
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 $5A
0
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 $5B
R
Remote sensor control register
X
SPI interfaces
59/286
0
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
0
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 $5C
0
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 $5D
0
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 $5E
0
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 $5F
0
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 $60
0
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 $61
0
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 $62
0
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 $63
0
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 $64 R/W
RS_AUX_CONF1
WSS Threshold configuration register 1
X
0
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 $65 R/W
RS_AUX_CONF2
WSS Threshold configuration register 2
X
0
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 $66 R/W
SAF_ALGO_CONF
Safing Algorithm configuration register
X
0
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 $67
0
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 $68
0
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 $69
0
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 $6A
0
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 $6B
0
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 $6C
0
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 $6D
0
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 $6E R/W
LOOP_MATRIX_ARM1
Assignment of ARM 1 pin to which LOOPS
X
0
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 $6F R/W
LOOP_MATRIX_ARM2
Assignment of ARM 2 pin to which LOOPS
X
0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 $70 R/W
LOOP_MATRIX_ARM3
Assignment of ARM 3 pin to which LOOPS
X
0
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 $71 R/W
LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4
Assignment of ARM 4 pin to which LOOPS
X
0
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 $72
R
ARM_STATE
SPI interfaces
60/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Status of arming signals
L9680
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
DS11615 Rev 3
0
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 $73
R
AEPSTS_ARM1
0
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 $74
R
AEPSTS_ARM2
0
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 $75
R
AEPSTS_ARM3
0
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 $76
R
AEPSTS_ARM4
0
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 $77
0
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 $78 R/W
PADTHRESH_HI
0
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 $79 R/W
PADTHRESH_LO
0
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 $7A R/W
LOOP_MATRIX_PSINH
0
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 $7B
0
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 $7C
0
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 $7D
0
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 $7E
0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 $7F R/W
SAF_ENABLE
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
Arming pulse stretch timer value
Arming pulse stretch timer value
Passenger Inhibit Thresholds
X
X
Assignment of PSINH signal to which LOOPS
X
Safing record enable
X
X
X
X
SPI interfaces
61/286
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 $80 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_1
X
1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 $81 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_2
X
1
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 $82 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_3
X
1
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 $83 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_4
X
1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 $84 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_5
X
1
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 $85 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_6
X
1
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 $86 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_7
1
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 $87 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_8
1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 $88 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_9
X
1
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 $89 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_10
X
1
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 $8A R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_11
X
1
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 $8B R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_12
X
1
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 $8C R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_13
X
1
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 $8D R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt1
X
1
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 $8E R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt2
X
1
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 $8F R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt1
X
1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 $90 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt2
1
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 $91 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt1
X
1
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 $92 R/W
SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt2
X
Safing record request mask
Safing record request mask
SPI interfaces
62/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
X
X
X
L9680
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 $93 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_1
X
1
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 $94 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_2
X
1
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 $95 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_3
X
1
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 $96 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_4
X
1
0 0 1 0 1 1 1 $97 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_5
X
1
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 $98 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_6
X
1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 $99 R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_7
X
1
0 0 1 1 0 1 0 $9A R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_8
X
1
0 0 1 1 0 1 1 $9B R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_9
X
1
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 $9C R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_10
1
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 $9D R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_11
X
1
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 $9E R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_12
X
1
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 $9F R/W
SAF_REQ_TARGET_13
X
1
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 $A0 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt1
X
1
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 $A1 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt2
X
1
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 $A2 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt1
X
1
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 $A3 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt2
X
1
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 $A4 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt1
X
1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 $A5 R/W SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt2
X
1
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 $A6 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_1
Safing record request target
Safing record response mask
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
X
X
SPI interfaces
63/286
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1
0 1 0 0 1 1 1 $A7 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_2
X
1
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 $A8 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_3
X
1
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 $A9 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_4
X
1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 $AA R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_5
X
1
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 $AB R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_6
X
1
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 $AC R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_7
X
1
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 $AD R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_8
X
1
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 $AE R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_9
X
1
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 $AF R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_10
1
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 $B0 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_11
1
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 $B1 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_12
X
1
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 $B2 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_13
X
1
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 $B3 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt1
X
1
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 $B4 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2
X
1
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 $B5 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt1
X
1
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 $B6 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt2
X
1
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 $B7 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1
X
1
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 $B8 R/W
SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt2
X
1
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 $B9 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_1
X
1
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 $BA R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_2
X
1
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 $BB R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_3
X
1
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 $BC R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_4
1
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 $BD R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_5
X
1
0 1 1 1 1 1 0 $BE R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_6
X
1
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 $BF R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_7
X
Safing record response mask
Safing record response target
SPI interfaces
64/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
X
X
X
L9680
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 $C0 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_8
X
1
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 $C1 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_9
X
1
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 $C2 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_10
X
1
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 $C3 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_11
X
1
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 $C4 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_12
X
1
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 $C5 R/W
SAF_RESP_TARGET_13
1
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 $C6 R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt1
1
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 $C7 R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt2
X
1
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 $C8 R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt1
X
1
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 $C9 R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt2
X
1
1 0 0 1 0 1 0 $CA R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt1
X
1
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 $CB R/W SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt2
X
1
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 $CC R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_1
X
1
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 $CD R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_2
X
1
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 $CE R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_3
X
1
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 $CF R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_4
X
1
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 $D0 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_5
X
1
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 $D1 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_6
X
1
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 $D2 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_7
1
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 $D3 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_8
X
1
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 $D4 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_9
X
1
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 $D5 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_10
X
1
1 0 1 0 1 1 0 $D6 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_11
X
1
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 $D7 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_12
X
1
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 $D8 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_13
X
Safing record data mask
X
X
X
SPI interfaces
65/286
1
Safing record response target
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 $D9 R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt1
X
1
1 0 1 1 0 1 0 $DA R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt2
X
1
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 $DB R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt1
1
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 $DC R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt2
1
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 $DD R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt1
X
1
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 $DE R/W
SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt2
X
1
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 $DF R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_1
X
1
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 $E0 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_2
X
1
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 $E1 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_3
X
1
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 $E2 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_4
X
1
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 $E3 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_5
X
1
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 $E4 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_6
X
1
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 $E5 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_7
X
1
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 $E6 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_8
1
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 $E7 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_9
1
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 $E8 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_10
X
1
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 $E9 R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_11
X
1
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 $EA R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_12
X
1
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 $EB R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_13
X
1
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 $EC R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_14
X
1
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 $ED R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_15
X
1
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 $EE R/W
SAF_THRESHOLD_16
X
1
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 $EF R/W
SAF_CONTROL_1
X
1
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 $F0 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_2
1
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 $F1 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_3
Safing record threshold
Safing record control
X
X
X
X
X
X
SPI interfaces
66/286
1
Safing record data mask
L9680
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
Operating State(1)
GID
RID / WID
Hex R/W
Name
Description
Init
Diag Ssafing Scrap Arming
DS11615 Rev 3
1
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 $F2 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_4
X
1
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 $F3 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_5
X
1
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 $F4 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_6
X
1
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 $F5 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_7
X
1
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 $F6 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_8
X
1
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 $F7 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_9
X
1
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 $F8 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_10
1
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 $F9 R/W
SAF_CONTROL_11
X
1
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 $FA R/W
SAF_CONTROL_12
X
1
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 $FB R/W
SAF_CONTROL_13
X
1
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 $FC R/W
SAF_CONTROL_14
X
1
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 $FD R/W
SAF_CONTROL_15
X
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 $FE R/W
SAF_CONTROL_16
X
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 $FF
R
SAF_CC
Safing record control
SPI interfaces
67/286
Table 5.Global SPI register map (continued)
X
Safing Record Compare Complete
1. A check mark indicates in which operating state a WRITE-command is valid.
2. KEEP_ERBOOST_ON, LOW_POWER_MODE, VSF_V and VINGOOD_FILT_SEL bits are writable in all states, the other bits of SYS_CFG are only writable in INIT state.
L9680
SPI interfaces
7.3
L9680
Global SPI tables
A summary of all the registers contained within the global SPI map are shown below and are
referenced throughout the specification as they apply. The SPI register tables also specify
the effect of the internal reset signals assertion on each bit field (the symbol '-' is used to
indicate that the register is not affected by the relevant reset signal').
Global SPI global status word
The Global SPI of L9680 contains an 11-bit word that returns global status information. The
Global Status Word (GSW) of the Global SPI is the most significant 11 bits of MISO_G data.
Table 6. Global SPI Global Status Word
MISO_G GSW
31
10
Name
SPIFLT
POR WSM SSM
0
0
Description
0
SPI Fault, set if previous SPI frame had wrong parity check
or wrong number of bits, cleared upon read
0 No fault
1 Fault
30
9
DEPOK
0
0
0
General Deployment Successful Flag, logical OR of the
corresponding CHxDS bits (bit 15) in DSRx Registers
0 All the DSRx-CHDS bits are 0
1 At least one of the DSRx-CHDS bits is 1
29
8
0
0
0
0
Unused
28
7
WDT/TM_S
0
0
0
State of WDT/TM pin
0 WDT/TM=0
1 WDT/TM=1
27
6
ERSTATE
0
0
0
Set when Powermode state machine is in ER state
0 Powermode state machine is not in ER state
1 Powermode state machine is in ER state
0
Fault present in Power State Register, logical OR between
bits from 18 to 9 of POWER_STATE Register
0 All the bits from 18 to 9 in the POWER_STATE Registers
are 0s
1 At least one of the bits from 18 to 9 in the
POWER_STATE Registers is 1
1
Fault present in Fault Status Register (FLTSR), logical OR
between all bits of FLTSR
0 All the bits in the Fault Status Register (FLTSR) are 0s
1 At least one of the bits in the Fault Status Register
(FLTSR) is 1
0
ADC Conversion of request C or D has been completed so
new results are available
0 No new data available
1 New data available
0
ADC Conversion of request A or B has been completed so
new results are available
0 No new data available
1 New data available
26
25
24
23
68/286
5
4
3
2
POWERFLT
FLT
CONVRDY2
CONVRDY1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
Table 6. Global SPI Global Status Word (continued)
MISO_G GSW
22
21
1
0
Name
ERR_WID
ERR_RID
POR WSM SSM
0
0
0
0
Description
0
Write address of previous SPI frame is not permitted in
current operating phase
0 No Error
1 Error
0
Read address received in the actual SPI frame is unused so
data in the response is don't care
0 No Error
1 Error
DS11615 Rev 3
69/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
Global SPI read/write register
R
Read:
0000
Write:
-
ERCHARGE_OT
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WD2_WDR
WD1_LO
WD1_TM
WD1_WDR
MCURST
WSMRST
SSMRST
VCORE_ERR
POR
WD2 retry cnt
SSM
Type:
13
WSM
00
14
POR
ID:
15
CLKFRERR
MCUFLT_TEST
MISO
16
ERCHARGE_OT
MOSI
17
WD2_TM
18
WD2_LO
19
OTPCRC_ERR
Fault status register (FLTSR)
ERBST_OT
7.3.1
0
-
-
ER charge over temperature bit
Set when over-temp condition detected, cleared on SPI read or POR=1
0 No Fault
1 Fault
MCUFLT_TEST
1
1
1
MCU FAULT test mode - reflects MCU_FLT_TM signal state
0 MCU FLT TM=0
1 MCU FLT TM=1
ERBST_OT
0
-
-
ER Boost over-temperature bit
Set when over-temp condition detected, cleared on SPI read or POR=1
0 No Fault
1 Fault
CLKFRERR
0
-
-
Internal oscillator cross-check error bit
Set when osc. error detected, cleared on SPI read or SUPPLY_POR=1
0 No Fault
1 Fault
WD2_retry_cnt[3:0]
$0
$0
OTPCRC_ERR
0
-
$0 Value of WD2 retry counter
-
OTP CRC error bit
Set when OTP error detected (tested at release of POR), cleared by POR=1
0 No Fault
1 Fault
WD2_LO
70/286
0
0
-
WD2 lockout - reflects WD2 lockout state
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
0 WD2 Lockout inactive
1 WD2 Lockout active
WD2_TM
0
0
0
WD2 test mode - reflects WD2TM signal state
0 WD2TM=0
1 WD2TM=1
WD2_WDR
0
0
-
WD2 reset latch - set when WD2RESET or STOPPING states are entered,
cleared upon read
0 WD2RST signal = 0
1 WD2RST signal = 1
WD1_LO
0
0
-
WD1 lockout - reflects WD1 lockout state
Set and cleared per Watchdog Timer Flow Diagram
0 WD1 Lockout inactive
1 WD1 Lockout active
WD1_TM
0
0
0
WD1 test mode - reflects WD1TM signal state
Set and cleared per Watchdog Timer Flow Diagram
0 WD1TM=0
1 WD1TM=1
WD1_WDR
0
0
-
WD1 reset latch
Set and cleared per Watchdog Timer Flow Diagram
0 WD1_WDR signal = 0
1 WD1_WDR signal = 1
MCURST
0
0
-
MCU reset latch - set when MCUFLT pin goes low, cleared upon read
0 MCURST signal = 0
1 MCURST signal = 1
WSMRST
1
1
-
Watchdog state machine reset
Set when WSM reset goes to '1', cleared upon SPI read
0 WSM reset has not occurred
1 WSM reset has occurred
SSMRST
1
1
1
Safing state machine reset
Set when SSM reset goes to '1', cleared upon SPI read
0 SSM reset has not occurred
1 SSM Reset has occurred
VCORE_ERR
0
-
-
VCOREMON pin status - set when VCOREMON pin goes out of range, reset
upon read
DS11615 Rev 3
71/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
0 VCORMON in range (VCORE_UV HSR HIGH value
HSR_LO
0
0
0 HSR Diagnostic - Low Range
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or when
squib/pyroswitch resistance test is run
1 HSR measurement< HSR LOW value
0 HSR measurement > HSR LOW value
RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Channel selected for
resistance measurement
HIGH_LEV_DIAG_SELECTED[3:0]
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or as
determined by squib/pyroswitch resistance channel selected
0000 = Ch 0
0000 No diagnostic selected
0001 = Ch 1
0001 VRCM CHECK
0010 = Ch 2
0010 Leakage CHECK
0011 = Ch 3
0011 Short Between Loops CHECK
0100 = Ch 4
0100 ER cap ESR measure
0101 = Ch 5
0101 Squib/pyroswitch resistance range
CHECK
0110 = Ch 6
0110 Squib/pyroswitch resistance
measurement
0111 = Ch 7
0111 FET test
1000 = Ch 8
1000 - 1111 Unused
1001 = Ch 9
1010 = Ch A
1011 = Ch B
0100 - 1111 None Selected
DS11615 Rev 3
103/286
285
SPI interfaces
SBL
L9680
0
0
0 Short between loop state
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine
0 Short between squib/pyroswitch loops is not present
1 Short between squib/pyroswitch loops is present
STG
0
0
0 Short to Ground Test Status
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or as
determined by squib/pyroswitch leakage diagnostic
0 STG not detected
1 STG detected
STB
0
0
0 Short to Battery Test Status
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or as
determined by squib/pyroswitch leakage diagnostic
0 STB not detected
1 STB detected
SQP
0
0
0 Squib/pyroswitch PIN where leakage test has been performed
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or as
determined by squib/pyroswitch leakage diagnostic
0 SRx
1 SFx
LEAK_CHSEL[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Channel selected for leakage measurement
Updated by SSM_RESET or Loops diagnostic state machine or as
determined by squib/pyroswitch leakage diagnostic
0000 = Ch 0
0001 = Ch 1
0010 = Ch 2
0011 = Ch 3
0100 = Ch 4
0101 = Ch 5
0110 = Ch 6
0111 = Ch 7
1000 = Ch 8
1001 = Ch 9
1010 = Ch A
1011 = Ch B
1100 - 1111 None Selected
104/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Loops diagnostic configuration command register for low level
diagnostic (LPDIAGREQ)
RW
Read:
3800
Write:
0070
DIAG_LEVEL
SSM
Type:
WSM
38
POR
ID:
0
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
6
LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
7
RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0]RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0]
8
VRCM[1:0]
9
VRCM[1:0]
10
ISINK
11
ISINK
0
12
ISRC [1:0]
0
13
ISRC [1:0]
0
-
0
14
PD_CURR
15
PD_CURR
MISO
16
ISRC_CURR_SEL
MOSI
17
ISRC_CURR_SEL
18
DIAG_LEVEL
19
DIAG_LEVEL
7.3.30
SPI interfaces
Diagnostic mode selector
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 low level mode
1 N/A - see description below
ISRC_CURR_SEL
0
0
0
Selection of ISRC current value
0 40mA
1 8mA
PD_CURR
0
0
0
Pull down current control
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 Request OFF only for channels connected to VRCM or ISINK or ISRC,
ON for all other channels
1 Request OFF for all channels
ISRC [1:0]
00
00
00 High side current source for channel selected in RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0]
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
00 = OFF
DS11615 Rev 3
105/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
01 = ON 40 mA/ 8 mA current for channel selected in
RES_MEAS_CHSEL, OFF on all other channels
10 = ON bypass current for channel selected in RES_MEAS_CHSEL,
OFF ON all other channels
11 = ON ISRC 40mA or 8mA current for channel selected in
RES_MEAS_CHSEL and connect the SRM Differential Amplifier to
the other squib/pyroswitch channel of the selected channel pair
ISINK
0
0
0
Low Side current sink control (max 50mA)
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 All channels OFF
1 ON for channel selected by RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0], OFF on all other
channels
VRCM[1:0]
00
00
00 Voltage Regulator Current Monitor control
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
00 VRCM not connected
01 VRCM connected to SFx of channel selected by LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
10 VRCM connected to SRx of channel selected by LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
and pull down current of the same channel disabled
11 VRCM connected to SRx of channel selected by LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
and pull down current of the same channel enabled (ISINK and ISRC
must be switched off)
RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Squib/pyroswitch Resistance Measurement Channel select - selects the
channel and muxes for the resistance test, and the channel for HS driver test
(full path fet test) activation
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0000 Channel 0
0001 Channel 1
0010 Channel 2
0011 Channel 3
0100 Channel 4
0101 Channel 5
0110 Channel 6
0111 Channel 7
1000 Channel 8
1001 Channel 9
1010 Channel A
1011 Channel B
0100 - 1111 None Selected
106/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
LEAK_CHSEL[3:0]
SPI interfaces
0000 0000 0000
Squib/pyroswitch Leakage Measurement Channel select - selects the
channel and muxes for the leakage test, and the channel for HS/LS FET test
activation.
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0000 Channel 0
0001 Channel 1
0010 Channel 2
0011 Channel 3
0100 Channel 4
0101 Channel 5
0110 Channel 6
0111 Channel 7
1000 Channel 8
1001 Channel 9
1010 Channel A
1011 Channel B
0100 - 1111 None Selected
DS11615 Rev 3
107/286
285
SPI interfaces
-
0
0
0
RW
Read:
3800
Write:
0070
DIAG_LEVEL
12
11
10
9
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
13
WSM
38
14
POR
ID:
0
15
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
Diagnostic mode selector
0 0 N/A - see description above
1 1 high level mode
HIGH_LEVEL_DIAG_SEL 000 000 000 Selection of high level squib/pyroswitch diagnostic
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
000 No diagnostic selected
001 VRCM CHECK
010 Leakage CHECK
011 Short Between Loops CHECK
100 ER cap ESR measure
101 Squib/pyroswitch resistance range CHECK
110 Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement
111 FET test
SQP
0
0
0
Squib/pyroswitch pin select for all leakage diagnostic
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
108/286
DS11615 Rev 3
3
2
1
LOOP_DIAG_CHSEL[3:0] LOOP_DIAG_CHSEL[3:0]
MISO
16
SQP
MOSI
17
SQP
18
HIGH_LEVEL_DIAG_SEL HIGH_LEVEL_DIAG_SEL
19
DIAG_LEVEL
Loops diagnostic configuration command register for high level
diagnostic (LPDIAGREQ)
DIAG_LEVEL
7.3.31
L9680
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
0 SRx
1 SFx
LOOP_DIAG_CHSEL[3:0] 0000 0000 0000
Channel select - selects the channel and muxes for all squib/pyroswitch
diagnostic.
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0000 Channel 0
0001 Channel 1
0010 Channel 2
0011 Channel 3
0100 Channel 4
0101 Channel 5
0110 Channel 6
0111 Channel 7
1000 Channel 8
1001 Channel 9
1010 Channel A
1011 Channel B
1100 - 1111 None Selected
MISO
16
-
0
0
0
RW
Read:
3900
Write:
0072
PSINHPOL
12
11
10
9
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
13
WSM
39
14
POR
ID:
0
15
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
SWOEN
MOSI
17
X
X
CHID[3:0]
SWOEN
18
DCS_PDCURR DCS_PDCURR
19
PSINHPOL
DC sensor diagnostic configuration command register (SWCTRL)
PSINHPOL
7.3.32
3
2
1
0
0
CHID[3:0]
0
Selector of in range/ out of range for passenger inhibit function
0 if result is inside thresholds the counter is initialized to start value
1 if result is outside thresholds the counter is initialized to start value
DCS_PDCURR
0
0
0
Disable of all pull down current for DC sensor
DS11615 Rev 3
109/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 OFF for channel under voltage or current measurement, ON for all other
channels
1 OFF for all channels
SWOEN
0
0
0
Switch Output Enable
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 OFF
1 ON
CHID[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Channel ID - selects DC sensor channel for output activation
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0000 Channel 0
0001 Channel 1
0010 Channel 2
0011 Channel 3
0100 Channel 4
0101 Channel 5
0110 Channel 6
0111 Channel 7
1000 Channel 8
0100 - 1111 None Selected
110/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
7.3.33
SPI interfaces
ADC request and data registers (DIAGCTRL_x)
ADC A control command (DIAGCTRL_A)
19
18
MISO
17
16
NEWDATA_A
MOSI
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
ID:
3A
Type:
RW
Read:
3A00
Write:
0074
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
ADCREQ_A[6:0]
ADCREQ_A[6:0]
ADCRES_A[9:0]
ADC B control command (DIAGCTRL_B)
19
18
MISO
16
NEWDATA_B
MOSI
17
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
ID:
3B
Type:
RW
Read:
3B00
Write:
0076
6
5
4
3
2
ADCREQ_B[6:0]
ADCREQ_B[6:0]
ADCRES_B[9:0]
ADC C control command (DIAGCTRL_C)
19
18
MISO
17
-
NEWDATA_C
MOSI
0
0
ID:
3C
Type:
RW
Read:
3C00
Write:
0078
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ADCREQ_C[6:0]
DS11615 Rev 3
6
5
4
3
2
ADCREQ_C[6:0]
ADCRES_C[9:0]
111/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
ADC D control command (DIAGCTRL_D)
19
18
MISO
17
16
NEWDATA_D
MOSI
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
RW
Read:
3D00
Write:
007A
SSM
Type:
WSM
3D
6
ADCREQ_D[6:0]
POR
ID:
NEWDATA_x
15
0
0
0
5
4
ADCRES_D[9:0]
New data available from convertion
Updated by SSM_RESET or ADC state machine
0 cleared on read
1 convertion finished
ADCREQ_x[6:0]
$00 $00 $00 ADC Request select command
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write to DIAGCTRL_x
Measurement
$00 Unused
$01 Ground Ref
$02 Full scale Ref
$03 DCSx voltage
$04 DCSx current
$05 DCSx resistance
$06 Squib/pyroswitch x resistance
$07 Internal BG reference voltage (BGR)
$08 Internal BG monitor voltage (BGM)
$09 Vcore
$0A Temperature
$0B DCS 0 voltage
$0C DCS 1 voltage
$0D DCS 2 voltage
$0E DCS 3 voltage
$0F DCS 4 voltage
$10 DCS 5 voltage
$11 DCS 6 voltage
$12 DCS 7 voltage
$13 DCS 8 voltage
112/286
DS11615 Rev 3
3
2
ADCREQ_D[6:0]
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
$14 Vb voltage of ER ESR measure (valid only for ADCREQ_x field of
MISO response when ESR measure results are available)
$15 Va voltage of ER ESR measure (valid only for ADCREQ_x field of
MISO response when ESR measure results are available)
$16 Vc voltage of ER ESR measure (valid only for ADCREQ_x field of
MISO response when ESR measure results are available)
$20 VBATMON pin voltage
$21 VIN pin voltage
$22 Internal analog supply voltage (VINT)
$23 Internal digital supply voltage (VDD)
$24 ERBOOST pin voltage
$25 SYNCBOOST pin voltage
$26 VER pin voltage
$27 SATBUCK voltage
$28 VCC voltage
$29 WAKEUP pin voltage
$2A VSF pin voltage
$2B WDTDIS pin voltage
$2C GPOD0 pin voltage
$2D GPOS0 pin voltage
$2E GPOD1 pin voltage
$2F GPOS1 pin voltage
$30 GPOD2 pin voltage
$31 GPOS2 pin voltage
$32 RSU0 pin Voltage
$33 RSU1 pin Voltage
$34 RSU2 pin Voltage
$35 RSU3 pin Voltage
$36 SS0 pin voltage
$37 SS1 pin voltage
$38 SS2 pin voltage
$39 SS3 pin voltage
$3A SS4 pin voltage
$3B SS5 pin voltage
$3C SS6 pin voltage
$3D SS7 pin voltage
$3E SS8 pin voltage
$3F SS9 pin voltage
$40 SSA pin voltage
$41 SSB pin voltage
$46 SF0
$47 SF1
$48 SF2
$49 SF3
$4A SF4
$4B SF5
$4C SF6
$4D SF7
DS11615 Rev 3
113/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
$4E SF8
$4F SF9
$50 SFA
$51 SFB
ADCRES_x[9:0] $000 $000 $000 10-bit ADC result value corresponding to ADCREQ_x request
Updated by SSM_RESET or ADC state machine
RW
Read:
3F00
Write:
007E
LOW_ERBST_ILIM_ERON
SSM
Type:
WSM
3F
POR
ID:
0
-
-
2
1
0
ERBST_PH_SEL[1:0]
3
ERBST_PH_SEL
4
SYBST_PH_SEL[1:0]
5
SYBST_PH_SEL
6
SATBCK_PH_SEL[1:0]
ERBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE ERBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE
7
SATBCK_PH_SEL
8
VCCBCK_PH_SEL[1:0]
9
VCCBCK_PH_SEL
10
SYBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE SYBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE
VCCBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
11
VCCBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
0
12
SATBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
0
13
SATBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
0
-
0
14
EN_SAT_GNDLOSS_DET
15
EN_SAT_GNDLOSS_DET
MISO
16
EN_VCC_GNDLOSS_DET
MOSI
17
EN_VCC_GNDLOSS_DET
18
LOW_ERBST_ILIM_ERON
19
SATBCK_FORCE_F_SLOPE SATBCK_FORCE_F_SLOPE
Configuration register for switching regulators (SW_REGS_CONF)
LOW_ERBST_ILIM_ERON
7.3.34
ERBoost current limitation behavior selection
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 ERBoost current limitation is NOT reduced if ER Switch is activated
1 ERBoost current limitation is reduced if ER Switch is activated
EN_VCC_GNDLOSS_DET
0
-
-
New VCC ground loss detection enable
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 run time ground loss detection disabled
1 run time ground loss detection enabled
EN_SAT_GNDLOSS_DET
0
-
-
New SAT ground loss detection enable
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 run time ground loss detection disabled
114/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
1 run time ground loss detection enabled
SATBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
0
-
-
SATBuck low side activation delay
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 No delay is applied
1 Delay is applied
VCCBCK_LS_ON_DELAY
0
-
-
SVCCBuck low side activation delay
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 No delay is applied
1 Delay is applied
SATBCK_FORCE_F_SLOPE
0
-
-
SatBuck fast slope selection
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 Fast slope activation depends on VIN voltage
1 Fast slope is forced ON
SYBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE
0
-
-
SyncBoost fast slope selection
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 Fast slope activation depends on VIN voltage
1 Fast slope is forced ON
ERBST_FORCE_F_SLOPE
0
-
-
ER Boost fast slope selection
Updated by POR or SPI write
0 Fast slope activation depends on VIN voltage
1 Fast slope is forced ON
VCCBCK_PH_SEL[1:0]
11
-
-
VCCBuck phase shifting selection (if switching frequency is different respect
to another regulator, the phase shift between them is not guaranteed)
Updated by POR or SPI write
00 0 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
01 125 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
10 250 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
11 375 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
SATBCK_PH_SEL[1:0]
10
-
-
SatBuck phase shifting selection (if switching frequency is different respect to
another regulator, the phase shift between them is not guaranteed)
Updated by POR or SPI write
00 0 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
01 125 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
10 250 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
11 375 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
DS11615 Rev 3
115/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
SYBST_PH_SEL[1:0]
01
-
-
SyncBoost phase shifting selection (if switching frequency is different respect
to another regulator, the phase shift between them is not guaranteed)
Updated by POR or SPI write
00 0 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
01 125 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
10 250 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
11 375 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
ERBST_PH_SEL[1:0]
00
-
-
ER Boost phase shifting selection (if switching frequency is different respect
to another regulator, the phase shift between them is not guaranteed)
Updated by POR or SPI write
00 0 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
01 125 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
10 250 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
11 375 ns switching ON shift respect to t0
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
-
0
0
0
RW
Read:
4200
Write:
0084
GPOxLS
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
13
WSM
42
14
POR
ID:
0
15
0
0
0
2
1
0
GPO0LSGPO0LS
19
GPO1LSGPO1LS
Global configuration register for GPO driver function (GPOCR)
GPO2LSGPO2LS
7.3.35
GPO driver configuration bit
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 High-side Driver configuration for GPOx (ER_BOOST_OK is required to
enable GPO as HS)
1 Low-side Driver configuration for GPOx (ER_BOOST_OK is not required
to enable GPO as LS)
116/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
7.3.36
GPOx control register (GPOCTRLx)
Channel 0 (GPOCTRL0)
Channel 1 (GPOCTRL1)
Channel 2 (GPOCTRL2)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GPOxPWM[5:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GPOxPWM[5:0]
ID:
43 (GPOCTRL0)
44 (GPOCTRL1)
45 (GPOCTRL2)
Type:
RW
Read:
4300 (GPOCTRL0)
4400 (GPOCTRL1)
4500 (GPOCTRL2)
Write:
0086 (GPOCTRL0)
0088 (GPOCTRL1)
008A (GPOCTRL2)
POR
GPOxPWM
WSM
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSM
000000 000000 000000 6 bit value for PWM% with scaling of 1.6% per count
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
DS11615 Rev 3
117/286
285
SPI interfaces
R
Read:
4600
Write:
-
GPO2DISABLE
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GPO2OFFOPN
GPO2SHORT
GPO1TEMP
GPO1LIM
GPO1ONOPN
GPO1OFFOPN
GPO1SHORT
GPO0TEMP
GPO0LIM
GPO0ONOPN
GPO0OFFOPN
GPO0SHORT
SSM
Type:
13
WSM
46
14
POR
ID:
0
15
GPO2ONOPN
GPO1DISABLE
MISO
16
GPO2DISABLE
MOSI
17
1
1
1
GPO2TEMP
18
GPOS_NOT_CONF
19
GPO2LIM
GPO fault status register (GPOFLTSR)
GPO0DISABLE
7.3.37
L9680
GPO 2 disable state
0 GPO enable to work
1 GPO disabled due to thermal fault or configuration not received or
ERBOOST not OK (only HS mode)
GPO1DISABLE
1
1
1
GPO 1 disable state
0 GPO enable to work
1 GPO disabled due to thermal fault or configuration not received or
ERBOOST not OK (only HS mode)
GPO0DISABLE
1
1
1
GPO 0 disable state
0 GPO enable to work
1 GPO disabled due to thermal fault or configuration not received or
ERBOOST not OK (only HS mode)
GPOS_NOT_CONF
1
1
1
GPOs configuration status
0 GPOs configured (activation is permitted)
1 GPOs not yet configured (activation is denied)
GPO2TEMP
0
0
0
GPO 2Thermal Fault
Cleared as reported in GPO-Over Temp diagram, set by detection circuit
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
118/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
GPO2LIM
0
0
0
GPO 2 Current Limit Flag
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO2ONOPN
0
0
0
GPO 2 Open Detection
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO2OFFOPN
0
0
0
GPO 2 Open detection in OFF condition
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO2SHORT
0
0
0
GPO 2 Short Detection in OFF condition (short to battery in HS mode, short
to ground in LS mode)
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO1TEMP
0
0
0
GPO 1 Thermal Fault
Cleared as reported in GPO-Over Temp diagram, set by detection circuit
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO1LIM
0
0
0
GPO 1 Current Limit Flag
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO1ONOPN
0
0
0
GPO 1 Open Detection
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO1OFFOPN
0
0
0
GPO 1 Open detection in OFF condition
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
DS11615 Rev 3
119/286
285
SPI interfaces
GPO1SHORT
L9680
0
0
0
GPO 1 Short Detection in OFF condition (short to battery in HS mode, short
to ground in LS mode)
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO0TEMP
0
0
0
GPO 0 Thermal Fault
Cleared as reported in GPO-Over Temp diagram, set by detection circuit
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO0LIM
0
0
0
GPO 0 Current Limit Flag
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO0ONOPN
0
0
0
GPO 0 Open Detection
OK Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while ON
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO0OFFOPN
0
0
0
GPO 0 Open detection in OFF condition
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
GPO0SHORT
0
0
0
GPO 0 Short Detection in OFF condition (short to battery in HS mode, short
to ground in LS mode)
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read, set by detection circuit while OFF
0 Fault not detected
1 Fault detected
120/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Wheel speed sensor test request register (WSS_TEST)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
0
0
0
0
ID:
48
Type:
RW
Read:
4800
Write:
0090
POR
WSSSEL [6:0]
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WSSSEL [6:0]
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WSSSEL [6:0]
X
WSM
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WSSTP WSSTP
7.3.38
SPI interfaces
SSM
000000 000000 000000 Wheel Speed Sensor Selection - code below uniquely selects one
of the four WSx outputs to place a static output level on
1010011 WSS Test Mode for WS3 Output
1010101 WSS Test Mode for WS2 Output
1011001 WSS Test Mode for WS1 Output
1010110 WSS Test Mode for WS0 Output
all other WSS Test Mode disabled
WSSTP
0
0
0
WSx Output Test Value
1 Output for selected WSx set 'high'
0 Output for selected WSx set 'low'
DS11615 Rev 3
121/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.39
L9680
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel x (RSCRx)
RW
Read:
4A00 (RSCR0)
4B00 (RSCR1)
4C00 (RSCR2)
4D00 (RSCR3)
Write:
0094 (RSCR0)
0096 (RSCR1)
0098 (RSCR2)
009B (RSCR3)
SSM
Type:
WSM
4A (RSCR0)
4B (RSCR1)
4C (RSCR2)
4D (RSCR3)
POR
ID:
0
0
4
3
2
1
WSFILT[3:0]
STS[3:0]
5
WSFILT[3:0]
STS[3:0]
6
AVG/SSDIS
7
AVG/SSDIS
8
RSPTEN
9
RSPTEN
10
BLKTxSEL
11
BLKTxSEL
0
12
TSxDIS
0
13
TSxDIS
0
14
FIX_THRESH
-
0
15
FIX_THRESH
MISO
16
PERIOD_MEAS_DISABLEPERIOD_MEAS_DISABLE
MOSI
17
REDUCED_RANGE
18
REDUCED_RANGE
19
BLOCK_CURR_IN_MSG BLOCK_CURR_IN_MSG
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel 0 (RSCR0)
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel 1 (RSCR1
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel 2 (RSCR2)
PSI5/WSS configuration register for channel 3 (RSCR3
PSI5 configured channel
REDUCED_RANGE
0
Tracking speed of base and delta current
0 Fast tracking of Ibase if rx_sat_pre_filt is low; Slow tracking otherwise.
Fast tracking of Idelta if rx_sat_pre_filt is high; Blocked otherwise.
1 Fast tracking of Ibase if current is less than (Ibase+(Idelta/4));
Slow tracking otherwise.
Fast tracking of Idelta if current is higher than (top current -(Idelta/4));
Slow otherwise.
122/286
DS11615 Rev 3
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
BLOCK_CURR_IN_MSG
0
0
0
Tracking enable of base and delta current during message transmission
0 Ibase tracking is enabled during blanking and after start bits recognition.
Idelta tracking is disabled during blanking and enabled after start bits
recognition.
1 Ibase tracking is enabled during blanking and disabled after start bits
recognition.
Idelta tracking is disabled during blanking and enabled after start bits
recognition
PERIOD_MEAS_DISABLE
0
0
0
Disabling of start bits period measure to decode following bits
0 Period is measured
1 Period is not measured (default is used)
FIX_THRESH
0
0
0
PSI5 selection of fixed or auto adaptive thresholds
0 auto adaptive threshold
1 fixed threshold (threshold is latched when this bit is set to high, we
recommend to set this bit before enabling of the interface)
TSxDIS
0
0
0
Time Slot Control Disable
0 Slot control enabled
1 Slot control disabled
BLKTxSEL
0
0
0
Blanking Time Selection
0 Blanking time = 5ms
1 Blanking time = 10ms
WSFILT[3:0] 0010 0010 0010 Wheel speed filter time selection
RSPTEN
0
0
0
189k:
125k:
(16+x)*Tosc
(24+x)*Tosc
Tosc=1/16MHz
Pass Through mode Enable
0 Off
1 On
AVG/SSDIS
0
0
0
Current average enable during message transmission
0 Off (base and delta work as configured with bits 12, 14, 15)
1 On: base is freezed during data message and during blanking time and delta
is averaged during message (fcut of the filter=2500 Hz) while is freezed
during blanking time.
DS11615 Rev 3
123/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
STSx[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Sensor Type Selection
0000 Synchronous PSI5, parity, 8-bit, 125k (P8P-500/3L)
0001 Synchronous PSI5, parity, 8-bit, 189k (P8P-500/3H)
0010 Synchronous PSI5, parity, 10-bit, 125k (P10P-500/3L)
0011 Synchronous PSI5, parity, 10-bit, 189k (P10P-500/3H)
0100 unused (default automatically selected)
0101 unused (default automatically selected)
0110 unused (default automatically selected)
0111 unused (default automatically selected)
1000 NA
1001 NA
1010 NA
1011 NA
1100 unused (default automatically selected)
1101 unused (default automatically selected)
1110 unused (default automatically selected)
1111 unused (default automatically selected)
Wheel speed configured channel
REDUCED_RANGE
0
0
0
Tracking speed of base and delta current
X NA
BLOCK_CURR_IN_MSG
0
0
0
Tracking enable of base and delta current during message transmission
X NA
PERIOD_MEAS_DISABLE
0
0
0
Disabling of start bits period measure to decode following bits
X NA
FIX_THRESH
0
0
0
PSI5 selection of fixed or auto adaptive thresholds
0 auto adaptive threshold
1 fixed thresholds (configured through SPI registers)
TSxDIS
0
0
0
Time Slot Control Disable
X NA
BLKTxSEL
0
0
0
Blanking Time Selection
X NA
WSFILT[3:0] 0010 0010 0010 Wheel speed filter time selection (500ns per bit)
0000 8 us
- - - - 500ns/bit
1111 15.5µs:
124/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
RSPTEN
0
0
0
Pass Through mode Enable (only for PWM 2-edges sensors)
0 Off
1 On
AVG/SSDIS
0
0
0
WSx output pulses disabled in case of Standstill condition
(valid only for PWM Encoded 2 edges sensors)
0 WSx enabled during Standstill
1 WSx disabled during Standstill
STSx[3:0] 0000 0000 0000 Sensor Type Selection
0000 NA
0001 NA
0010 NA
0011 NA
0100 unused (default automatically selected)
0101 unused (default automatically selected)
0110 unused (default automatically selected)
0111 unused (default automatically selected)
1000 Two-Level, Standard
1001 Three-Level, VDA
1010 PWM Encoded, 2-Level, 2 edges/tooth
1011 PWM Encoded, 2-Level, 1 edge/tooth
1100 unused (default automatically selected)
1101 unused (default automatically selected)
1110 unused (default automatically selected)
1111 unused (default automatically selected)
DS11615 Rev 3
125/286
285
SPI interfaces
0
0
R/W
Read:
4E00
Write:
009C
CHxEN
10
9
8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
11
WSM
4E
12
POR
ID:
0
13
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SYNC0ESYNC0E
0
14
CH0EN CH0EN
-
15
SYNC1ESYNC1E
MISO
16
CH1EN CH1EN
MOSI
17
SYNC2ESYNC2E
18
CH2EN CH2EN
19
SYNC3ESYNC3E
Remote sensor control register (RSCTRL)
CH3EN CH3EN
7.3.40
L9680
Channel x Output enable
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 Off
1 On
SYNCxEN
0
0
0
Channel x Sync Pulse Enable
0 Off
1 On
126/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
WSS Threshold configuration register 1 (RS_AUX_CONF1)
18
0
0
0
0
-
64
Type:
R/W
Read:
6400
Write:
00C8
POR
ID:
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
7.3.42
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
1
0
$33 $33 $33 Low threshold setting in case of fixed threshold is selected (93,75 µA +/-9%
each LSB). Low threshold = ($36+WSS_LOW_THRESH)*93,75 µA)
WSS Threshold configuration register 2 (RS_AUX_CONF2)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
15
17
16
0
0
0
65
Type:
R/W
Read:
6500
Write:
00CB
POR
ID:
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WSS_LOW_THRESH [7:0]
1
0
SSM
MISO
16
WSM
MOSI
17
SSM
19
WSM
7.3.41
SPI interfaces
$34 $34 $34 Delta threshold setting in case of fixed threshold is selected (93,75 µA +/-9%
each LSB).
High threshold =
($6C+WSS_LOW_THRESH+WSS_OFFSET_THRESH)*93,75 µA)
DS11615 Rev 3
127/286
285
SPI interfaces
Safing algorithm configuration register (SAF_ALGO_CONF)
-
0
0
0
R/W
Read:
6600
Write:
00CC
NO_DATA
SSM
Type:
WSM
66
14
POR
ID:
0
15
0
0
0
X
0
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADD_VAL ADD_VAL
MISO
16
SUB_VAL SUB_VAL
MOSI
17
ARMP_TH ARMP_TH
18
ARMN_TH ARMN_TH
19
NO_DATA NO_DATA
7.3.43
L9680
Event counter no data select
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Event counter reset to 0 if CC=0 or (ABS value of response > limit
determined by LIM_SELx) and LIM_ENx=1 when SPI read of SAF_CC bit
is performed (end of sample cycle)
1 Event counter decremented by SUB_VAL if CC=0 or (ABS value of
response > limit determined by LIM_SELx) and LIM_ENx=1 when
SPI read of SAF_CC bit is performed (end of sample cycle)
ARMN_TH 0011 0011 0011 Negative event counter threshold to assert arming
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0000 Negative event counter disabled
ARMP_TH 0011 0011 0011 Positive event counter threshold to assert arming
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0000 Positive event counter disabled
SUB_VAL
011 011 011 Decremental step size of the event counter
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
ADD_VAL
001 001 001 Incremental step size of the event counter
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
128/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
0
0
R
Read:
6A00
Write:
-
ARMINT_x
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
11
WSM
6A
12
POR
ID:
0
13
ARMINT_1
0
14
ARMINT2
-
15
ARMINT_3
MISO
16
ARMINT_4
MOSI
17
ACL_VALID
18
ACL_PIN_STATE
19
PSINH_EXP_TIME
Arming signals register (ARM_STATE)
PSINHINT
7.3.44
-
-
-
State of armint signals
Updated per Safing Engine output logic diagram in case of internal safing
engine otherwise is the echo of ARMx pins
ACL_VALID
0
0
0
Valid ACL detection
0 Cleared when ACL_BAD=2
1 Set when ACL_GOOD=3
ACL_PIN_STATE
-
-
-
Echo of ACL pin
PSINH_EXP_TIME
0
0
0
State of PSINH expiration timer
0 If timer is 0
1 If timer is counting
PSINHINT
-
-
-
State of PSINHINT signal
Updated per PSINH output logic diagram in case of internal engine otherwise
is the echo of PSINH pin inverted
DS11615 Rev 3
129/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.45
L9680
ARMx assignment registers to specific Loops (LOOP_MATRIX_ARMx)
X
0
0
0
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ARMx_L0 ARMx_L0
X
9
ARMx_L1 ARMx_L1
X
10
ARMx_L2 ARMx_L2
0
X
11
ARMx_L3 ARMx_L3
0
12
ARMx_L4 ARMx_L4
0
13
ARMx_L5 ARMx_L5
0
14
ARMx_L6 ARMx_L6
-
15
ARMx_L7 ARMx_L7
MISO
16
ARMx_L8 ARMx_L8
MOSI
17
ARMx_L9 ARMx_L9
18
ARMx_LA ARMx_LA
19
ARMx_LB ARMx_LB
Assignment of ARM1 to specific loops (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM1)
Assignment of ARM2 to specific loops (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM2)
Assignment of ARM3 to specific loops (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM3)
Assignment of ARM4 to specific loops (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4)
RW
Read:
6E00 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM1)
6F00 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM2)
7000 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM3)
7100 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4)
Write:
00DC (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM1)
00DE (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM2)
00E0 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM3)
00E2 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4)
ARMx_Ly
SSM
Type:
WSM
6E (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM1)
6F (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM2)
70 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM3)
71 (LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4)
POR
ID:
0
0
0
Configures ARMx for Loop_y
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 ARMx signal is not associated with Loopy
1 ARMx signal is associated with Loopy
130/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
7.3.46
ARMx enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARMx)
ARM1 enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARM1)
ARM2 enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARM2)
ARM3 enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARM3)
ARM4 enable pulse stretch timer status (AEPSTS_ARM4)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
Read:
7300 (AEPSTS_ARM1)
7400 (AEPSTS_ARM2)
7500 (AEPSTS_ARM3)
7600 (AEPSTS_ARM4)
Write:
SSM
Type:
WSM
73 (AEPSTS_ARM1)
74 (AEPSTS_ARM2)
75 (AEPSTS_ARM3)
76 (AEPSTS_ARM4)
POR
ID:
Timer Count[9:0]
Timer Count $000 $000 $000 10-bit ARMing Enable Pulse Stretcher timer value
Cleared by SSM_RESET
Loaded with initial value based on ARMx bit and DWELL[1:0] of
SAF_CONTROL_y while safing is met for record y provided current value is <
DWELL[1:0] value
Decremented every 2ms while > 0
Contains remaining pulse stretcher timer value
DS11615 Rev 3
131/286
285
SPI interfaces
Passenger inhibit upper threshold for DC sensor 0 (PADTHRESH_HI)
18
0
0
MOSI
MISO
17
16
0
0
-
78
Type:
RW
Read:
7800
Write:
00F0
POR
ID:
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
PADTHRESH_HI
0
0
0
0
0
0
PADTHRESH_HI
2
1
0
SSM
19
WSM
7.3.47
L9680
PADTHRESH_HI $000 $000 $000 Upper threshold - measurements above this upper value will assert the
PSINH signal and deactivate loops identified in the PSINH mask
Passenger inhibit lower threshold for DC sensor 0 (PADTHRESH_LO)
18
MISO
17
16
0
0
0
79
Type:
RW
Read:
7900
Write:
00F2
POR
ID:
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
X
X
X
X
X
X
9
8
7
6
PADTHRESH_LO
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
PADTHRESH_LO
2
1
0
SSM
19
MOSI
WSM
7.3.48
PADTHRESH_LO $3FF $3FF $3FF Lower threshold - measurements below this lower value will assert the PSINH
signal and deactivate loops identified in the PSINH mask
132/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
PSINH_L0 PSINH_L0
PSINH_L6 PSINH_L6
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EN_SAF1 EN_SAF1
PSINH_L7 PSINH_L7
PSINH_L1 PSINH_L1
0
EN_SAF2 EN_SAF2
1
PSINH_L2 PSINH_L2
2
EN_SAF3 EN_SAF3
0
3
PSINH_L3 PSINH_L3
0
4
EN_SAF4 EN_SAF4
0
5
PSINH_L4 PSINH_L4
PSINH_Ly
6
EN_SAF5 EN_SAF5
00F4
0
7
PSINH_L5 PSINH_L5
Write:
0
8
EN_SAF6 EN_SAF6
7A00
0
9
EN_SAF7 EN_SAF7
Read:
0
10
EN_SAF8 EN_SAF8
RW
X
SSM
Type:
X
WSM
7A
X
POR
ID:
0
X
11
PSINH_L8 PSINH_L8
0
12
EN_SAF9 EN_SAF9
0
13
PSINH_L9 PSINH_L9
0
14
EN_SAF10EN_SAF10
-
15
EN_SAF11 EN_SAF11
MISO
16
PSINH_LB PSINH_LB
MOSI
17
EN_SAF12EN_SAF12
18
EN_SAF13EN_SAF13
19
PSINH_LA PSINH_LA
Assignment of PSINH signal to specific Loop(s)
(LOOP_MATRIX_PSINH)
EN_SAF14EN_SAF14
7.3.49
SPI interfaces
Configures PSINH for Loop_y
0 PSINH signal is not associated with Loopy
1 PSINH signal is associated with Loopy
Safing records enable register (SAF_ENABLE)
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
0
0
-
0
0
RW
Read:
7F00
Write:
00FE
EN_SAFx
SSM
Type:
WSM
7F
14
POR
ID:
15
0
0
0
EN_SAF15EN_SAF15
19
EN_SAF16EN_SAF16
7.3.50
Safing Record enable
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write
0 Disable
1 Enable
DS11615 Rev 3
133/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.51
L9680
Safing records request mask registers (SAF_REQ_MASK_x)
Safing record request mask for record 1 (SAF_REQ_MASK_1)
Safing record request mask for record 2 (SAF_REQ_MASK_2)
Safing record request mask for record 3 (SAF_REQ_MASK_3)
Safing record request mask for record 4 (SAF_REQ_MASK_4)
Safing record request mask for record 5 (SAF_REQ_MASK_5)
Safing record request mask for record 6 (SAF_REQ_MASK_6)
Safing record request mask for record 7 (SAF_REQ_MASK_7)
Safing record request mask for record 8 (SAF_REQ_MASK_8)
Safing record request mask for record 9 (SAF_REQ_MASK_9)
Safing record request mask for record 10 (SAF_REQ_MASK_10)
Safing record request mask for record 11 (SAF_REQ_MASK_11)
Safing record request mask for record 12 (SAF_REQ_MASK_12)
Safing record request mask for record 13 (SAF_REQ_MASK_13)
Safing record request mask for record 14_pt1 (SAF_REQ_MASK_14)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 14_pt2 (SAF_REQ_MASK_14)_pt2
Safing record request mask for record 15_pt1 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 15_pt2 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15)_pt2
Safing record request mask for record 16_pt1 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 16_pt2 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16)_pt2
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
9
8
7
6
SAF_REQ_MASKx[15:0]
0
0
SAF_REQ_MASKx[15:0]
ID:
80 (SAF_REQ_MASK_1)
81 (SAF_REQ_MASK_2)
82 (SAF_REQ_MASK_3)
83 (SAF_REQ_MASK_4)
84 (SAF_REQ_MASK_5)
85 (SAF_REQ_MASK_6)
86 (SAF_REQ_MASK_7)
87 (SAF_REQ_MASK_8)
88 (SAF_REQ_MASK_9)
89 (SAF_REQ_MASK_10)
8A (SAF_REQ_MASK_11)
8B (SAF_REQ_MASK_12)
8C (SAF_REQ_MASK_13)
8D (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt1
8E (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt2)
8F (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt1)
90 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt2)
91 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt1)
92 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt2)
Type:
RW
Read:
8000 (SAF_REQ_MASK_1)
8100 (SAF_REQ_MASK_2)
134/286
10
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
8200 (SAF_REQ_MASK_3)
8300 (SAF_REQ_MASK_4)
8400 (SAF_REQ_MASK_5)
8500 (SAF_REQ_MASK_6)
8600 (SAF_REQ_MASK_7)
8700 (SAF_REQ_MASK_8)
8800 (SAF_REQ_MASK_9)
8900 (SAF_REQ_MASK_10)
8A00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_11)
8B00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_12)
8C00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_13)
8D00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt1
8E00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt2)
8F00 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt1)
9000 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt2)
9100 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt1)
9200 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt2)
SSM
WSM
8000 (SAF_REQ_MASK_1)
8002 (SAF_REQ_MASK_2)
8004 (SAF_REQ_MASK_3)
8006 (SAF_REQ_MASK_4)
8008 (SAF_REQ_MASK_5)
800A (SAF_REQ_MASK_6)
800C (SAF_REQ_MASK_7)
800E (SAF_REQ_MASK_8)
8010 (SAF_REQ_MASK_9)
8012 (SAF_REQ_MASK_10)
8014 (SAF_REQ_MASK_11)
8016 (SAF_REQ_MASK_12)
8018 (SAF_REQ_MASK_13)
801A (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt1
801C (SAF_REQ_MASK_14_pt2)
801E (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt1)
8020 (SAF_REQ_MASK_15_pt2)
8022 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt1)
8424 (SAF_REQ_MASK_16_pt2)
POR
Write:
SAF_REQ_MASKx[15:0] $0000$0000 $0000 Safing Request Mask for safing record x - 16-bit request mask that is bitwise ANDed with MOSI data from SPI monitor
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
135/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.52
L9680
Safing records request target registers (SAF_REQ_TARGET_x)
Safing record request mask for record 1 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_1)
Safing record request mask for record 2 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_2)
Safing record request mask for record 3 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_3)
Safing record request mask for record 4 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_4)
Safing record request mask for record 5 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_5)
Safing record request mask for record 6 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_6)
Safing record request mask for record 7 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_7)
Safing record request mask for record 8 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_8)
Safing record request mask for record 9 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_9)
Safing record request mask for record 10 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_10)
Safing record request mask for record 11 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_11)
Safing record request mask for record 12 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_12)
Safing record request mask for record 13 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_13)
Safing record request mask for record 14_pt1 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 14_pt2 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14)_pt2
Safing record request mask for record 15_pt1 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 15_pt2 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15)_pt2
Safing record request mask for record 16_pt1 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16)_pt1
Safing record request mask for record 16_pt2 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16)_pt2
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
9
8
7
6
SAF_REQ_TARGET[15:0]
0
0
SAF_REQ_TARGET[15:0]
ID:
93 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_1)
94 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_2)
95 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_3)
96 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_4)
97 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_5)
98 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_6)
99 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_7)
9A (SAF_REQ_TARGET_8)
9B (SAF_REQ_TARGET_9)
9C (SAF_REQ_TARGET_10)
9D (SAF_REQ_TARGET_11)
9E (SAF_REQ_TARGET_12)
9F (SAF_REQ_TARGET_13)
A0 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt1
A1 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt2)
A2 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt1)
A3 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt2)
A4 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt1)
A5 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt2)
Type:
RW
Read:
9300 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_1)
9400 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_2)
136/286
10
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
9500 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_3)
9600 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_4)
9700 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_5)
9800 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_6)
9900 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_7)
9A00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_8)
9B00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_9)
9C00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_10)
9D00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_11)
9E00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_12)
9F00 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_13)
A000 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt1
A100 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt2)
A200 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt1)
A300 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt2)
A400 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt1)
A500 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt2)
SSM
WSM
8026 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_1)
8028 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_2)
802A (SAF_REQ_TARGET_3)
802C (SAF_REQ_TARGET_4)
802E (SAF_REQ_TARGET_5)
8030 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_6)
8032 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_7)
8034 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_8)
8036 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_9)
8038 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_10)
803A (SAF_REQ_TARGET_11)
803C (SAF_REQ_TARGET_12)
803E (SAF_REQ_TARGET_13)
8040 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt1
8042 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_14_pt2)
8044 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt1)
8246 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_15_pt2)
8048 (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt1)
804A (SAF_REQ_TARGET_16_pt2)
POR
Write:
SAF_REQ_TARGET[15:0 $0000$0000 $0000 Safing Request target for safing record x - 16-bit request target that is
compared to the bit-wise AND result of the SAF_REQ_MASKx and MOSI
data from SPI monitor
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
137/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.53
L9680
Safing records response mask registers (SAF_RESP_MASK_x)
Safing record response mask for record 1 (SAF_RESP_MASK_1)
Safing record response mask for record 2 (SAF_RESP_MASK_2)
Safing record response mask for record 3 (SAF_RESP_MASK_3)
Safing record response mask for record 4 (SAF_RESP_MASK_4)
Safing record response mask for record 5 (SAF_RESP_MASK_5)
Safing record response mask for record 6 (SAF_RESP_MASK_6
Safing record response mask for record 7 (SAF_RESP_MASK_7))
Safing record response mask for record 8 (SAF_RESP_MASK_8)
Safing record response mask for record 9 (SAF_RESP_MASK_9)
Safing record response mask for record 10 (SAF_RESP_MASK_10)
Safing record response mask for record 11 (SAF_RESP_MASK_11)
Safing record response mask for record 12 (SAF_RESP_MASK_12)
Safing record response mask for record 13 (SAF_RESP_MASK_13)
Safing record response mask for record 14_pt1 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt1)
Safing record response mask for record 14_pt2 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2)
Safing record response mask for record 15_pt1 (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt1)
Safing record response mask for record 15_pt2 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2)
Safing record response mask for record 16_pt1 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1)
Safing record response mask for record 16_pt2 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt2)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
ID:
138/286
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
10
9
8
7
6
SAF_RESP_MASKx[15:0]
0
0
SAF_RESP_MASKx[15:0]
A6 (SAF_RESP_MASK_1)
A7 (SAF_RESP_MASK_2
A8 (SAF_RESP_MASK_3
A9 (SAF_RESP_MASK_4
AA (SAF_RESP_MASK_5
AB (SAF_RESP_MASK_6
AC (SAF_RESP_MASK_7
AD (SAF_RESP_MASK_8
AE (SAF_RESP_MASK_9
AF (SAF_RESP_MASK_10
B0 (SAF_RESP_MASK_11
B1 (SAF_RESP_MASK_12
B2 (SAF_RESP_MASK_13)
B3 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt1)
B4 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2)
B5 (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt1)
B6 (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt2)
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
B7 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1
B8 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt2
Type:
RW
Read:
804C (SAF_RESP_MASK_1)
804E (SAF_RESP_MASK_2
8050 (SAF_RESP_MASK_3
8052 (SAF_RESP_MASK_4
8054 (SAF_RESP_MASK_5
8056 (SAF_RESP_MASK_6
8058 (SAF_RESP_MASK_7
805A (SAF_RESP_MASK_8
805C (SAF_RESP_MASK_9
805E (SAF_RESP_MASK_10
8060 (SAF_RESP_MASK_11
8062 (SAF_RESP_MASK_12
8064 (SAF_RESP_MASK_13)
8066 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt1)
8068 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2)
806A (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt1)
806C (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt2)
806E (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1
8070 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt2
SSM
Write:
WSM
A600 (SAF_RESP_MASK_1)
A700 (SAF_RESP_MASK_2
A800 (SAF_RESP_MASK_3
A900 (SAF_RESP_MASK_4
AA00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_5
AB00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_6
AC00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_7
AD00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_8
AE00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_9
AF00 (SAF_RESP_MASK_10
B000 (SAF_RESP_MASK_11
B100 (SAF_RESP_MASK_12
B200 (SAF_RESP_MASK_13)
B300 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt1)
B400 (SAF_RESP_MASK_14_pt2)
B500 (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt1)
B600 (SAF_RESP_MASK_15_pt2)
B700 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1
B801 (SAF_RESP_MASK_16_pt1
POR
Read:
SAF_RESP_MASKx[15:0] 0000 0000 0000 Safing Response Mask for safing record x - 16-bit response mask that is bit-
wise ANDed with MISO data from SPI monitor
16-bit request target that is compared to the bit-wise AND result of the
SAF_REQ_MASKx and MOSI data from SPI
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
139/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.54
L9680
Safing records response mask registers (SAF_RESP_TARGET_x)
Safing record response target for record 1 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_1)
Safing record response target for record 2 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_2)
Safing record response target for record 3 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_3)
Safing record response target for record 4 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_4)
Safing record response target for record 5 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_5)
Safing record response target for record 6 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_6)
Safing record response target for record 7 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_7)
Safing record response target for record 8 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_8)
Safing record response target for record 9 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_9)
Safing record response target for record 10 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_10)
Safing record response target for record 11 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_11)
Safing record response target for record 11 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_12)
Safing record response target for record 13 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_13)
Safing record response target for record 14_pt1 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14)_pt1
Safing record response target for record 14_pt2 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14)_pt2
Safing record response target for record 15_pt1 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15)_pt1
Safing record response target for record 15_pt2 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15)_pt2
Safing record response target for record 16_pt1 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16)_pt1
Safing record response target for record 16_pt2 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16)_pt2
19
18
MOSI
MISO
ID:
140/286
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
0
0
9
8
7
6
SAF_RESP_TARGETx[15:0]
0
0
SAF_RESP_TARGETx[15:0]
B9 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_1)
BA (SAF_RESP_TARGET_2
BB (SAF_RESP_TARGET_3
BC (SAF_RESP_TARGET_4
BD (SAF_RESP_TARGET_5
BE (SAF_RESP_TARGET_6
BF (SAF_RESP_TARGET_7
C0 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_8
C1 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_9
C2 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_10
C3 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_11
C4 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_12
C5 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_13
C6 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt1
C7 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt2
C8 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt1
C9 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt2
CA (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt1
CB (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt2
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
B900 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_1)
BA00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_2
BB00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_3
BC00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_4
BD00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_5
BE00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_6
BF00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_7
C000 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_8
C100 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_9
C200 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_10
C300 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_11
C400 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_12
C500 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_13
C600 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt1
C700 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt2
C800 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt1
C900 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt2
CA00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt1
CB00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt2)
Write:
8072 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_1)
8074 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_2
8076 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_3
8078 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_4
807A (SAF_RESP_TARGET_5
807C (SAF_RESP_TARGET_6
807E (SAF_RESP_TARGET_7
8080 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_8
8082 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_9
8084 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_10
8086 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_11
8088 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_12
808A (SAF_RESP_TARGET_13
808C (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt1
808E (SAF_RESP_TARGET_14_pt2
8090 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt1
8092 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_15_pt2
8094 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt1
CB00 (SAF_RESP_TARGET_16_pt2)
SSM
Read:
WSM
RW
POR
Type:
SAF_RESP_TARGETx[15:0] 0000 0000 0000 Safing Response target for safing record x - 16-bit response target that is
compared to the bit-wise AND result of the SAF_RESP_MASKx and MISO
data from SPI monitor
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
141/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.55
L9680
Safing records data mask registers (SAF_DATA_MASK_x)
Safing record data mask for record 1 (SAF_DATA_MASK_1)
Safing record data mask for record 2 (SAF_DATA_MASK_2)
Safing record data mask for record 3 (SAF_DATA_MASK_3)
Safing record data mask for record 4 (SAF_DATA_MASK_4)
Safing record data mask for record 5 (SAF_DATA_MASK_5)
Safing record data mask for record 6 (SAF_DATA_MASK_6)
Safing record data mask for record 7 (SAF_DATA_MASK_7)
Safing record data mask for record 8 (SAF_DATA_MASK_8)
Safing record data mask for record 9 (SAF_DATA_MASK_9)
Safing record data mask for record 10 (SAF_DATA_MASK_10)
Safing record data mask for record 11 (SAF_DATA_MASK_11)
Safing record data mask for record 12 (SAF_DATA_MASK_12)
Safing record data mask for record 13 (SAF_DATA_MASK_13)
Safing record data mask for record 14 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt1)
Safing record data mask for record 14 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt2)
Safing record data mask for record 15 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt1)
Safing record data mask for record 15 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt2)
Safing record data mask for record 16 (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt1)
Safing record data mask for record 16 (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt2)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
ID:
142/286
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
10
9
8
7
6
SAF_DATA_MASKx[15:0]
0
0
SAF_DATA_MASKx[15:0]
CC (SAF_DATA_MASK_1)
CD (SAF_DATA_MASK_2)
CE (SAF_DATA_MASK_3)
CF (SAF_DATA_MASK_4)
D0 (SAF_DATA_MASK_5)
D1 (SAF_DATA_MASK_6)
D2 (SAF_DATA_MASK_7)
D3 (SAF_DATA_MASK_8)
D4 (SAF_DATA_MASK_9)
D5 (SAF_DATA_MASK_10)
D6 (SAF_DATA_MASK_11)
D7 (SAF_DATA_MASK_12)
D8 (SAF_DATA_MASK_13)
D9 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt1)
DA (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt2)
DB (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt1)
DC (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt2)
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
DD (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt1)
DE (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt2)
CC00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_1)
CD00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_2)
CE00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_3)
CF00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_4)
D000 (SAF_DATA_MASK_5)
D100 (SAF_DATA_MASK_6)
D200 (SAF_DATA_MASK_7)
D300 (SAF_DATA_MASK_8)
D400 (SAF_DATA_MASK_9)
D500 (SAF_DATA_MASK_10)
D600 (SAF_DATA_MASK_11)
D700 (SAF_DATA_MASK_12)
D800 (SAF_DATA_MASK_13)
D900 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt1)
DA00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt2)
DB00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt1)
DC00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt2)
DD00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt1)
DE00 (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt2)
Write:
8099 (SAF_DATA_MASK_1)
809A (SAF_DATA_MASK_2)
809C (SAF_DATA_MASK_3)
809E (SAF_DATA_MASK_4)
80A0 (SAF_DATA_MASK_5)
80A2 (SAF_DATA_MASK_6)
80A4 (SAF_DATA_MASK_7)
80A6 (SAF_DATA_MASK_8)
80A8 (SAF_DATA_MASK_9)
80AA (SAF_DATA_MASK_10)
80AC (SAF_DATA_MASK_11)
80AE (SAF_DATA_MASK_12)
80B0 (SAF_DATA_MASK_13)
80B2 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt1)
80B4 (SAF_DATA_MASK_14_pt2)
80B6 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt1)
80B8 (SAF_DATA_MASK_15_pt2)
80BA (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt1)
80BC (SAF_DATA_MASK_16_pt2)
SSM
Read:
WSM
RW
POR
Type:
SAF_DATA_MASKx[15:0] 0000 0000 0000 Safing Data Mask for safing record x - 16-bit data mask that is bit-wise
ANDed with MISO data from SPI monitor
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
143/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.56
L9680
Safing record threshold registers (SAF_THRESHOLD_x)
Safing record threshold for record 1 (SAF_THRESHOLD_1)
Safing record threshold for record 2 (SAF_THRESHOLD_2)
Safing record threshold for record 3 (SAF_THRESHOLD_3)
Safing record threshold for record 4 (SAF_THRESHOLD_4)
Safing record threshold for record 5 (SAF_THRESHOLD_5)
Safing record threshold for record 6 (SAF_THRESHOLD_6)
Safing record threshold for record 7 (SAF_THRESHOLD_7)
Safing record threshold for record 8 (SAF_THRESHOLD_8)
Safing record threshold for record 9 (SAF_THRESHOLD_9)
Safing record threshold for record 10 (SAF_THRESHOLD_11)
Safing record threshold for record 12 (SAF_THRESHOLD_12)
Safing record threshold for record 13 (SAF_THRESHOLD_13)
Safing record threshold for record 14 (SAF_THRESHOLD_14)
Safing record threshold for record 15 (SAF_THRESHOLD_15)
Safing record threshold for record 16 (SAF_THRESHOLD_16)
19
18
MOSI
MISO
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
9
8
7
6
SAF_THRESHOLDx[15:0]
0
0
SAF_THRESHOLDx[15:0]
ID:
DF (SAF_THRESHOLD_1)
E0 (SAF_THRESHOLD_2)
E1 (SAF_THRESHOLD_3)
E2 (SAF_THRESHOLD_4)
E3 (SAF_THRESHOLD_5)
E4 (SAF_THRESHOLD_6)
E5 (SAF_THRESHOLD_7)
E6 (SAF_THRESHOLD_8)
E7 (SAF_THRESHOLD_9)
E8 (SAF_THRESHOLD_10)
E9 (SAF_THRESHOLD_11)
EA (SAF_THRESHOLD_12)
EB (SAF_THRESHOLD_13)
EC (SAF_THRESHOLD_14)
ED (SAF_THRESHOLD_15)
EE (SAF_THRESHOLD_16)
Type:
RW
Read:
DF00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_1)
E000 (SAF_THRESHOLD_2)
E100 (SAF_THRESHOLD_3)
E200 (SAF_THRESHOLD_4)
E300 (SAF_THRESHOLD_5)
E400 (SAF_THRESHOLD_6)
E500 (SAF_THRESHOLD_7)
E600 (SAF_THRESHOLD_8)
144/286
10
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
3
2
1
0
L9680
SPI interfaces
E700 (SAF_THRESHOLD_9)
E800 (SAF_THRESHOLD_10)
E900 (SAF_THRESHOLD_11)
EA00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_12)
EB00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_13)
EC00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_14)
ED00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_15)
EE00 (SAF_THRESHOLD_16)
SSM
WSM
80BE (SAF_THRESHOLD_1)
80C0 (SAF_THRESHOLD_2)
80C2 (SAF_THRESHOLD_3)
80C4 (SAF_THRESHOLD_4)
80C6 (SAF_THRESHOLD_5)
80C8 (SAF_THRESHOLD_6)
80CA (SAF_THRESHOLD_7)
80CC (SAF_THRESHOLD_8)
80CE (SAF_THRESHOLD_9)
80D0 (SAF_THRESHOLD_10)
80D2 (SAF_THRESHOLD_11)
80D4 (SAF_THRESHOLD_12)
80D6 (SAF_THRESHOLD_13)
80D8 (SAF_THRESHOLD_14)
80DA (SAF_THRESHOLD_15)
80DB (SAF_THRESHOLD_16)
POR
Write:
SAF_THRESHOLD_x $FFFF $FFFF $FFFF Safing threshold for safing record x - 16-bit threshold used for safing data
comparison
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
145/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.3.57
L9680
Safing control x registers (SAF_CONTROL_x)
ID:
EF (SAF_CONTROL_1)
F0 (SAF_CONTROL_2)
F1 (SAF_CONTROL_3)
F2 (SAF_CONTROL_4)
F3 (SAF_CONTROL_5)
F4 (SAF_CONTROL_6)
F5 (SAF_CONTROL_7
F6 (SAF_CONTROL_8)
F7 (SAF_CONTROL_9)
F8 (SAF_CONTROL_10)
F9 (SAF_CONTROL_11)
FA (SAF_CONTROL_12)
FB (SAF_CONTROL_13)
FC (SAF_CONTROL_14)
FD (SAF_CONTROL_15)
FE (SAF_CONTROL_16)
Type:
RW
Read:
EF00 (SAF_CONTROL_1)
F000 (SAF_CONTROL_2)
F100 (SAF_CONTROL_3)
146/286
DS11615 Rev 3
5
4
ARM2x
3
2
1
0
ARM1x
6
CSx[2:0]
IFx
ARM1x
7
ARM2x
8
ARM3x
9
ARM3x
ARMSELx
10
ARM4x
0
11
ARM4x
0
12
DWELLx[1:0] DWELLx[1:0]
0
ARMSELx
13
COMBx
0
14
COMBx
-
15
LIM Enx
MISO
16
LIM Enx
MOSI
17
LIM SELx
18
SPIFLDSELx SPIFLDSELx
19
LIM SELx
Safing control registers for record 1 (SAF_CONTROL_1)
Safing control registers for record 2 (SAF_CONTROL_2)
Safing control registers for record 3 (SAF_CONTROL_3)
Safing control registers for record 4 (SAF_CONTROL_4)
Safing control registers for record 5 (SAF_CONTROL_5)
Safing control registers for record 6 (SAF_CONTROL_6)
Safing control registers for record 7 (SAF_CONTROL_7)
Safing control registers for record 8 (SAF_CONTROL_8)
Safing control registers for record 9 (SAF_CONTROL_9)
Safing control registers for record 10 (SAF_CONTROL_10)
Safing control registers for record 11 (SAF_CONTROL_11)
Safing control registers for record 12 (SAF_CONTROL_12)
Safing control registers for record 13 (SAF_CONTROL_13)
Safing control registers for record 14 (SAF_CONTROL_14)
Safing control registers for record 15 (SAF_CONTROL_15)
Safing control registers for record 16 (SAF_CONTROL_16)
CSx[2:0]
IFx
L9680
SPI interfaces
F200 (SAF_CONTROL_4)
F300 (SAF_CONTROL_5)
F400 (SAF_CONTROL_6)
F500 (SAF_CONTROL_7
F600 (SAF_CONTROL_8)
F700 (SAF_CONTROL_9)
F800 (SAF_CONTROL_10)
F900 (SAF_CONTROL_11)
FA00 (SAF_CONTROL_12)
FB00 (SAF_CONTROL_13)
FC00 (SAF_CONTROL_14)
FD00 (SAF_CONTROL_15)
FE00 (SAF_CONTROL_16)
SSM
ARMSELx
WSM
80DE (SAF_CONTROL_1)
80E0 (SAF_CONTROL_2)
80E2 (SAF_CONTROL_3)
80E4 (SAF_CONTROL_4)
80E6 (SAF_CONTROL_5)
80E8 (SAF_CONTROL_6)
80EA (SAF_CONTROL_7
80EC (SAF_CONTROL_8)
80EE (SAF_CONTROL_9)
80F0 (SAF_CONTROL_10)
80F2 (SAF_CONTROL_11)
80F4 (SAF_CONTROL_12)
80F6 (SAF_CONTROL_13)
80F8 (SAF_CONTROL_14)
80FA (SAF_CONTROL_15)
80FC (SAF_CONTROL_16)
POR
Write:
00
00
00
ARMINT select for safing recode x - correlates A
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
00 ARMP OR ARMN
01 ARMP
10 ARMN
11 ARMP OR ARMN
SPIFLDSELx
0
0
0
SPI field select for safing record x - determines which 16-bit field in long
SPI messages (>31 bit) to use for response on MISO of SPI monitor.
In case of messages less than 32 bits this bit is don't care. Updated by
SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state.
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 First 16 bits of SPI MISO frame used for Response Mask and Data
Mask bit-wise AND
1 Last 16 bits of SPI MISO frame used for Response Mask and Data
Mask bit-wise AND
DS11615 Rev 3
147/286
285
SPI interfaces
LIM SELx
L9680
0
0
0
Data range limit select for safing record x - When enabled, determines
the range limit used for incoming sensor data
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 8-bit data range limit - incoming |data| >120d is not recognized as
valid data
1 10-bit data range limit - incoming |data| > 480d is not recognized as
valid data
LIM Enx
0
0
0
Data range limit enable for safing record x
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Data range limit disabled
1 Data range limit enabled
COMBx
0
0
0
Combine function enable for safing record x
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Combine function disabled
1 Combine function enabled
For record pairs = x,x+1, the comparison for record x uses |data(x)
+ data(x+1)| and the comparison for record x+1 uses |data(x) -
data(x+1)| Record pairs are 1,2; 3,4; 5,6; 7,8; 9,10; 11,12
DWELLx[1:0]
00
00
00
Safing dwell extension time select for safing record x
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
00 2048 ms
01 256 ms
10 32 ms
11 0 ms
ARM4x
0
0
0
ARM4INT select for safing record x - correlates safing result to ARM4INT
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Safing record x not assigned to ARM4INT
1 Safing record x assigned to ARM4INT
ARM3x
0
0
0
ARM3INT select for safing record x - correlates safing result to ARM3INT
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Safing record x not assigned to ARM3INT
1 Safing record x assigned to ARM3INT
ARM2x
0
0
0
ARM2INT select for safing record x - correlates safing result to ARM2INT
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Safing record x not assigned to ARM2INT
1 Safing record x assigned to ARM2INT
ARM1x
148/286
0
0
0
ARM1INT select for safing record x - correlates safing result to ARM1INT
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
0 Safing record x not assigned to ARM1INT
1 Safing record x assigned to ARM1INT
CSx[2:0]
000
000 SPI Monitor CS select for safing record x
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
000
000 None selected for record x
001 SAF_CS0 selected for record x
010 SAF_CS1 selected for record x
011 SAF_CS2 selected for record x
100 SAF_CS3 selected for record x
101 CS_RS selected for record x
110 None selected for record x
111 None selected for record x
IFx
0
0
0
SPI format select for safing record x - selects response protocol for SPI
monitor
Updated by SSM_RESET or SPI write while in DIAG state
0 Out of frame response for record x
1 In Frame response for record x
R
Read:
FF00
Write:
-
CC_xx
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0CC_6
0CC_5
CC_4
CC_3
CC_2
CC_1
SSM
Type:
9
WSM
FF
10
POR
ID:
0
11
0CC_7
0
12
0CC_8
0
13
0CC_9
0
14
0CC_10
-
15
0CC_11
MISO
16
0CC_12
MOSI
17
0CC_13
18
0
0
0
0CC_15
19
0CC_14
Safing record compare complete register (SAF_CC)
0CC_16
7.3.58
Indicates compare complete status of each of the 16 safing records, and
defines the end of the sample cycle for safing
Cleared by SSM_RESET or upon SPI read, set by safing engine when
request, response mask and target registers match the incoming SPI frame
0 Compare not completed for record x
1 Compare completed for record x
DS11615 Rev 3
149/286
285
SPI interfaces
7.4
L9680
Remote sensor SPI register map
The Remote Sensor SPI interface consists of twelve 32-bit read registers (one for each
logical channel) to allow for access to decoded sensor data and fault registers. The registers
are addressed by the read register ID and the Global ID bit.
The L9680 checks the validity of the received RID field in the MOSI_RS frame. Should a SPI
read command be received containing an unused RID address, the command will be
discarded and the ERR_RID bit will be flagged in the current GSW.
Table 7. Remote sensor SPI register map
Operating State
GID
RID / WID
Hex
R/W
Name
Description
Init Diag Safing Scrap Arming
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
$50
R
RSDR0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
$51
R
RSDR1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
$52
R
RSDR2
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
$53
R
RSDR3
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
$54
R
RSDR4
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
$55
R
RSDR5
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
$56
R
RSDR6
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
$57
R
RSDR7
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
$58
R
RSDR8
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
$59
R
RSDR9
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
$5A
R
RSDR10
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
$5B
R
RSDR11
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
$5C
R
RSTHR0_L
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
$5D
R
RSTHR1_L
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
$5E
R
RSTHR2_L
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
$5F
R
RSTHR3_L
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
$60
R
RSTHR0_H
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
$61
R
RSTHR1_H
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
$62
R
RSTHR2_H
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
$63
R
RSTHR3_H
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
$6A
R
ARM_STATE
Arming signals
status register
SAF_CC
Safing record
compare
complete
register
1
1
150/286
1
1
1
1
1
1
$FF
R
Remote
sensor
data/status
registers
(PSI-5 or
WSS)
Remote
sensor
(PSI-5 or
WSS)
Remote
sensor current
2 registers
(WSS only)
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
7.5
SPI interfaces
Remote sensor SPI tables
A summary of all the registers contained within the remote sensor SPI map are shown
below and are referenced throughout the specification as they apply. The SPI register tables
also specify the effect of the internal reset signals assertion on each bit field (the symbol ‘-‘is
used to indicate that the register is not affected by the relevant reset signal’).
7.5.1
Remote sensor SPI global status word
The Remote Sensor SPI of L9680 contains an 11-bit word that returns global status
information. The Global Status Word (GSW) of the Remote Sensor SPI is the most
significant 11 bits of MISO_RS data.
Table 8. GSW - Remote sensor SPI global status word
MISO_RS GSW
Name
POR
WSM SSM
Description
SPI Fault, set if previous SPI frame had wrong parity check or
wrong number of bits, cleared upon read ‘
31
10
SPIFLT
0
0
0
0 No fault
1 Fault
30
9
0
0
0
0
Unused
Remote Sensor Interface Fault Present, logical OR of the
corresponding FLTBIT bits (bit 15) for all faults but NODATA
29
8
RSFLT
0
0
0
0 All the RSDRx-FLTBIT bits are 0
1 At least one of the RSDRx-FLTBIT bits is 1 and the
associated fault code is different from NODATA
28
7
0
0
0
0
Unused
27
6
0
0
0
0
Unused
26
5
0
0
0
0
Unused
25
4
0
0
0
0
Unused
24
3
0
0
0
0
Unused
23
2
0
0
0
0
Unused
22
1
0
0
0
0
Unused
21
0
ERR_RI
D
Read address received in the actual SPI frame is unused so
data in the response is don't care
0
0
0
0 No Error
1 Error
DS11615 Rev 3
151/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
7.6
Remote sensor SPI read/write registers
7.6.1
Remote sensor data/fault registers (RSDRx @FLT = 0)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 0 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 0, slot 1 / ch 0 (RSDR0)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 1 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 1, slot 1 / ch 1 (RSDR1)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 2 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 2, slot 1 / ch 2 (RSDR2)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 3 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 3, slot 1 / ch 3 (RSDR3)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 0, slot 2 (RSDR4)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 1, slot 2 (RSDR5)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 2, slot 2 (RSDR6)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 3, slot 2 (RSDR7)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 0, slot 2 (RSDR8)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 1, slot 2 (RSDR9)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 2, slot 2 (RSDR10)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 3, slot 2 (RSDR11)
19
18
17
16
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
MISO_RS
CRC
0
FLT=0
13
MISO_RS
CRC
FLT=0
14
STDSTL
MOSI_RS
15
Latch_D0 On/Off
Bit 15 = 0 NO FAULT Condition
ID:
50 (RSDR0)
51 (RSDR1)
52 (RSDR2)
53 (RSDR3)
54 (RSDR4)
55 (RSDR5)
56 (RSDR6)
57 (RSDR7)
58 (RSDR8)
59 (RSDR9)
5A (RSDR10)
5B (RSDR11)
Type:
R
Read:
5000 (RSDR0)
5100 (RSDR1)
5200 (RSDR2)
5300 (RSDR3)
5400 (RSDR4)
5500 (RSDR5)
5600 (RSDR6)
152/286
LCID [3:0]
LCID [1:0]
DS11615 Rev 3
DATA [9:0]
DATA [11:0]
L9680
SPI interfaces
5700 (RSDR7)
5800 (RSDR8)
5900 (RSDR9)
5A00 (RSDR10)
5B00 (RSDR11)
WSM
SSM
POR
Write:
-
-
PSI5 configured channel
CRC[2:0]
-
CRC based on bits [16:0]
Updated based on bits [16:0]
FLT
1
1
1
Fault Status - Depending on Fault Status, the DATA bits are defined differently
Cleared when all of the following bits are '0': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, INVALID, SLOT_ERROR, NODATA
Set when any of the following bits are '1': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, INVALID, SLOT_ERROR, NODATA
0 No fault
1 Fault
On/Off
0
0
0
Channel On/Off Status
Cleared by SSM_RESET or when channel is commanded OFF via SPI
RSCTRL or when the STG bit is set or the RSTEMP bit is set
Set when channel is commanded ON by SPI RSCTRL
0 Off
1 On
LCID[3:0]
-
-
-
Logical Channel ID
Updated based on SPI read request
0000
0001
0010
0100
0101
0110
1000
1001
1010
1100
1010
1110
RSU0
RSU0
RSU0
RSU1
RSU1
RSU1
RSU2
RSU2
RSU2
RSU3
RSU3
RSU3
SLOT1
SLOT2
SLOT3
SLOT1
SLOT2
SLOT3
SLOT1
SLOT2
SLOT3
SLOT1
SLOT2
SLOT3
DATA[9:0] $000 $000 $000 10-bit data from Manchester decoder
DS11615 Rev 3
153/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL
updated when a valid PSI5 frame is received
Wheel speed configured channel (RSDR0, RSDR1, RSDR2, RSDR3)
CRC[2:0]
-
-
-
CRC based on bits [16:0]
Updated based on bits [16:0]
STDSTL
0
0
0
Standstill indication (valid only for VDA sensor or PWM 2 edges)
1 Standstill
0 Valid Sensor Signal
FLT
1
1
1
Fault Status - Depending on Fault Status, the DATA bits are defined differently
Cleared when all of the following bits are '0': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, INVALID, PULSE OVERFLOW ERROR, NODATA
Set when any of the following bits are '1': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, INVALID, PULSE OVERFLOW ERROR, NODATA
0 No Fault
1 Fault
Latch_D0
0
0
0
Logical Channel ID
0 no prior bit0 faults
1 prior message(s) contained bit0 fault
LCID[1:0]
Logical Channel ID
00
01
10
11
RSU0
RSU1
RSU2
RSU3
DATA[11:0] $000 $000 $000 12-bit data from wheel speed decoder
VDA Data Format
DATA [7:0] Counter bits
DATA [11:8] Counter bits
PWM Data Format
DATA [8:0] Pulse Data bits
154/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
7.6.2
SPI interfaces
Remote sensor data/fault registers w/o fault (RSDRx @ FLT=1)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 0 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 0, slot 1 / ch 0 (RSDR0)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 1 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 1, slot 1 / ch 1 (RSDR1)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 2 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 2, slot 1 / ch 2 (RSDR2)
PSI5/WSS Remote Sensor 3 Data and Fault Flag Register ch 3, slot 1 / ch 3 (RSDR3)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 0, slot 2 (RSDR4)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 1, slot 2 (RSDR5)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 2, slot 2 (RSDR6)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 3, slot 2 (RSDR7)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 0, slot 2 (RSDR8)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 1, slot 2 (RSDR9)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 2, slot 2 (RSDR10)
PSI5 configuration register for channel 3, slot 2 (RSDR11)
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
INVALID
NODATA
X
X
INVALID
NODATA
X
X
MISO_RS
(PSI5)
CRC
X
MISO_RS
(WSS)
CRC
X
ID:
50 (RSDR0)
51 (RSDR1)
52 (RSDR2)
53 (RSDR3)
54 (RSDR4)
55 (RSDR5)
56 (RSDR6)
57 (RSDR7)
58 (RSDR8)
59 (RSDR9)
5A (RSDR10)
5B (RSDR11)
Type:
R
Read:
5000 (RSDR0)
5100 (RSDR1)
5200 (RSDR2)
5300 (RSDR3)
5400 (RSDR4)
5500 (RSDR5)
5600 (RSDR6)
LCID [3:0]
LCID [1:0]
STG STB
STG STB
DS11615 Rev 3
SLOT_ERROR SLOT_ERROR
11
On/Off
12
On/Off
13
FLT=1
-
14
RSTEMP
15
FLT=1
MOS_RSI
16
RSTEMP
17
OPENDET
18
CURRENT_HI CURRENT_HI
19
OPENDET
Bit 15 = 1 FAULTED condition
155/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
5700 (RSDR7)
5800 (RSDR8)
5900 (RSDR9)
5A00 (RSDR10)
5B00 (RSDR11)
SSM
CRC[2:0]
WSM
POR
Write:
-
-
-
CRC based on bits [16:0]
Updated based on bits [16:0]
FLT
0
0
0
Fault Status
Cleared when all of the following bits are '0': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, NODATA, INVALID, SLOT ERROR, PULSE
OVERFLOW ERROR
Set when any of the following bits are '1': STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPENDET, RSTEMP, NODATA, INVALID, SLOT ERROR, PULSE
OVERFLOW ERROR
0 No fault
1 Fault
On/Off
0
0
0
Channel On/Off Status
Cleared by SSM_RESET or when channel is commanded OFF via SPI
RSCTRL or when the STG bit is set or the RSTEMP bit is set
Set when channel is commanded ON by SPI RSCTRL
0 Off
1 On
LCID[0:3] 0000 0000 0000 Logical Channel ID
Updated based on SPI read request
0000 RSU0 SLOT1
0001 RSU0 SLOT2
0010 RSU0 SLOT3
0100 RSU1 SLOT1
0101 RSU1 SLOT2 1
0110 RSU1 SLOT3
1000 RSU2 SLOT1
1001 RSU2 SLOT2
1010 RSU2 SLOT3
1100 RSU3 SLOT1
1101 RSU3 SLOT2
1110 RSU3 SLOT3
156/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
SPI interfaces
STG
0
0
0
Short to Ground (in current limit condition)
Cleared by SSM_RESET or when channel is commanded OFF via SPI
RSCTRL
0 No fault
1 Fault
STB
0
0
0
Short to Battery
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL - not cleared by channel OFF caused by STG or RSTEMP
Set when channel voltage exceeds VSUP for a time greater than TSTBTH
0 No fault
1 Fault
CURRENT_HI
0
0
0
Current High
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL
Set when channel current exceeds ILKGG for a time determined by an
up/down counter
0 No fault
1 Fault
OPENDET
0
0
0
Open Sensor Detected
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL
Set when channel current exceeds ILKGB for a time determined by an
up/down counter
0 No fault
1 Fault
RSTEMP
0
0
0
Over temperature detected
Cleared by SSM_RESET or when channel is commanded OFF via SPI
RSCTRL
Set when over-temp condition is detected
0 No fault
1 Fault
INVALID
0
0
0
Invalid Data
DS11615 Rev 3
157/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL or if one of the following is set: STG, STB, CURRENT_HI,
OPEN_DET,
RSTEMP, SLOT ERROR (PSI5), PULSE OVERFLOW ERROR (WSS) or if a
new valid data is received
Set in PSI5 configuration when two valid start bits are received and a
Manchester error (# of bits, bit timing) or parity error is detected
Set in WSS configuration when parity error is detected (when this check is
feasible). Valid only for VDA sensor.
0 No fault
1 Fault
NODATA
1
1
1
No Data in buffer
Cleared when a valid PSI5/WSS frame is received or if one of the following is
set: STG, STB, CURRENT_HI, OPEN_DET, RSTEMP, SLOT ERROR,
PULSE OVERFLOW ERROR, INVALID
Set upon SPI read of RSDRx and none of the following bits are set: STG,
STB, CURRENT_HI, OPEN_DET, RSTEMP, SLOT ERROR, PULSE
OVERFLOW ERROR, INVALID
0 No fault
1 Fault
PULSE
OVERFLOW
ERROR
0
0
0
Pulse duration counter overflow (valid only for PWM 2 edges sensors)
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL
0 No fault
1 Fault
SLOT ERROR
0
0
0
Slot error fault (valid only for PSI5 sensors
Cleared by SSM_RESET or SPI read or when channel is commanded OFF
via SPI RSCTRL or if one of the following is set: STG, STB,
CURRENT_HI, OPEN_DET, RSTEMP or if a new valid data is received
Set in case of slot control enabled and frame not completely inside slot or
more than one frame inside the slot
0 No fault
1 Fault
158/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
7.6.3
SPI interfaces
Remote sensor x current registers y (RSTHRx_y)
Remote sensor 0, base current and delta to calculate 1st top current (RSTHR0_L)
Remote sensor 1, base current and delta to calculate 1st top current (RSTHR1_L
Remote sensor 2, base current and delta to calculate 1st top current (RSTHR2_L
Remote sensor 3, base current and delta to calculate 1st top current (RSTHR3_L
Remote sensor 0 (only for WSS), delta to calculate 2nd top current (RSTHR0_H)
Remote sensor 1 (only for WSS), delta to calculate 2nd top current (RSTHR1_H
Remote sensor 2 (only for WSS), delta to calculate 2nd top current (RSTHR2_H
Remote sensor 3 (only for WSS), delta to calculate 2nd top current (RSTHR3_H
19
18
MOSI
17
-
MISO_RS
MISO_RS
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DELTA 1ST TOP [9:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
Read:
5C00 (RSTHR0_L)
5D00 (RSTHR1_L)
5E00 (RSTHR2_L)
5F00 (RSTHR3_L)
6000 (RSTHR0_H)
6100 (RSTHR1_H)
6200 (RSTHR2_H)
6300 (RSTHR3_H
Write:
-
BASE CURRENT [9:0]
0
0
0
DELTA 2ND TOP [9:0]
SSM
Type:
WSM
5C (RSTHR0_L)
5D (RSTHR1_L)
5E (RSTHR2_L)
5F (RSTHR3_L)
60 (RSTHR0_H)
61 (RSTHR1_H)
62 (RSTHR2_H)
63 (RSTHR3_H
POR
ID:
0
BASE CURRENT [9:0]
$A1 $A1 $A1
PSI5/WSS base current measured by internal converter (93.75 µA ±9% each
LSB).
DELTA 1ST TOP $103 $103 $103 PSI5/WSS delta measured by internal converter respect to base current
[19:10]
(93.75 µA ±9% each LSB) to get top current.
Low threshold = base current+(DELTA_1ST_TOP/2) in case of WSS or PSI5
without current averaged algorithm (bit 4 of RSRCx register equal to 0).
Low threshold = base current+(DELTA_1ST_TOP) in case of PSI5 with
current averaged algorithm (bit 4 of RSRCx register equal to 1).
DS11615 Rev 3
159/286
285
SPI interfaces
L9680
DELTA 2ND TOP [9:0]
$7 $103 $103 WSS delta measured by internal converter respect to base current (93.75 µA
±9% each LSB) to get second top current.
High threshold = ((base current+DELTA_1ST_TOP)+(base
current+DELTA_2ND_TOP))/2.
0
0
0
R
Read:
6A00
Write:
-
ARMINT_x
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SSM
Type:
11
WSM
6A
12
POR
ID:
0
13
ARMINT_1
MISO
14
ARMINT_2
-
15
ARMINT_3
16
ARMINT_4
MOSI
17
ACL_VALID
18
ACL_PIN_STATE
19
PSINH_EXP_TIME
Arming signals register (ARM_STATE)
PSINHINT
7.6.4
-
-
-
State of ARMINT signals
Updated per Safing Engine output logic diagram in case of internal safing
engine otherwise is the echo of ARMx pins
ACL_VALID
0
0
0
Valid ACL detection
0 Cleared when ACL_BAD=2
1 Set when ACL_GOOD=3
ACL_PIN_STATE
-
-
-
Echo of ACL pin
PSINH_EXP_TIME
0
0
0
State of PSINH expiration timer
0 If timer is 0
1 If timer is counting
PSINHINT
-
-
-
State of PSINHINT signal
Updated per PSINH output logic diagram in case of internal engine otherwise
is the echo of PSINH pin inverted
160/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
R
Read:
$FF01
Write:
$80FE
CC_xx
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CC_5
CC_4
CC_3
CC_2
CC_1
SSM
Type:
8
WSM
FF
9
POR
ID:
10
CC_6
0
11
CC_7
0
12
CC_8
0
13
CC_9
0
14
CC_10
-
15
CC_11
MISO/
MISO_RS
16
CC_12
MOSI/
MOSI_RS
17
CC_13
18
0
0
0
CC_15
19
CC_14
Safing record compare complete register (SAF_CC)
CC_16
7.6.5
SPI interfaces
Indicates compare complete status of each of the 16 safing records, and
defines the end of the sample cycle for safing
Cleared by SSM_RESET or upon SPI read, set by safing engine when
request, response mask and target registers match the incoming SPI frame
0 Compare not completed for record x
1 Compare completed for record x
DS11615 Rev 3
161/286
285
Deployment drivers
8
L9680
Deployment drivers
The squib/pyroswitch deployment block consists of 12 independent high side drivers and 12
independent low side drivers. Squib/pyroswitch deployment logic requires a deploy
command received through SPI communications and either an arming condition processed
by safing logic or a proper ARMx input pin assessment, depending on whether the internal
safing engine is used or not. Both conditions must exist in order for the deployment to occur.
Once a deployment is initiated, it can only be terminated by an SSM_RESET event.
L9680 allows all 12 squib/pyroswitch loops to be deployed at the very same time or in other
possible timing sequence. Deployment drivers are capable of granting a successful
deployment also in case of short to ground on low-side circuit (SRx pins). Firing voltage
capability across high side circuit is maximum 25 V. High side and low side drivers account
for a maximum series total resistance of 2 . Each loop is granted for a minimum number of
deployments of 50, under all normal operating conditions and with a deployment repetition
time higher than 10s. Both the High and the Low side FET drivers are equipped with passive
gate turn-off circuitries to guarantee the FETs are kept in off state also when the device is
unpowered or during power-up/down transients.
8.1
Control logic
A block diagram representing the deployment driver logic is shown below. Deployment
driver logic features include:
Deploy command logic
Deployment current selection
Deployment current monitoring and deploy success feedback
Diagnostic control and feedback
Figure 28. Deployment driver control blocks
Programmable
Loop
Assignments
DEPCOM
Deployment
Command Register
ARM1-3
DCR
Deployment Configuration
Register
Deploy
Request
Validation
X
High
Side
FET
X
SFx
X
SRx
DCMTSx
Deploy Current
Monitor Status
Deployment
Control &
Timing
intclk
ITHDEPL
Current
Monitor
DCR
DCR
Deployment
Configuration
Register
Int/Ext safing engine
DSRx
Deployment
Configuration
Register
Deployment Status
Register
Low
Side
FET
ARM4
X
Programmable
Loop
Assignments
Safing Engine
Tristate enabler
Int/Ext safing engine
GAPGPS02276
162/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
Figure 29. Deployment driver control logic - Enable signal
ARMING STATE
ANALOG
DIAG STATE
Deployment
LPDIAGREQ(LEAK_CHSELx)
DSTEST(HSFET_TEST)
BLOCK
PSINHINT
PSINH_Lx
ARM1INT
ARM1_Lx
ENABLE_HSx
ARM2INT
ARM2_Lx
ARM3INT
ARM3_Lx
ARM4INT
ARM4_Lx
SAFESEL
ENABLE_LSx
SAFING STATE
DIAG STATE
LPDIAGREQ(LEAK_CHSELx)
DSTEST(LSFET_TEST)
GAPGPS02277
Figure 30. Deployment driver control logic - Turn-on signals
ARMING STATE
Expiration
Timer
SAFING STATE
DEP_ENABLED STATE
S
UpCtr
EXP_Thresh
EN
SPI_DEPREQx
R
SSM RESET
DEP_DISABLED STATE
=
CLR
S
CHxDEP
CHxSTAT
R
DEP_Thresh
Up Ctr
ENABLE_HSx
ENABLE_LSx
S
DIAG STATE
DSTEST(PULSE)
R
=
EN
CLR
LS_OVER_CURx
GND_LOSSx
Deploy
Timer
SSM RESET
S
CHxDS
R
HS_ONx
DSTEST(HSFET_TEST)
LPDIAGREQ(LEAK_CHSELx)
LS_ONx
DSTEST(LSFET_TEST)
ANALOG
Deployment BLOCK
GAPGPS02278
DS11615 Rev 3
163/286
285
Deployment drivers
L9680
The high level block diagram for the deployment drivers is shown below:
Figure 31. Deployment driver block
SSxy
R/2000
(50mȍ)
95%R
Passive
Switch -off
Active
Switch -off
OP with switching
Offset compensation
Enable _HSx
5%R
+
SSxy
OPphase
OPphase
R
-
SFx
2000 x IREF
+
Open to short comp
22nF
To deploy
current >90%
counter
Rsquib
SRx
Vclamp >35V
Ipulldown
HS_ON
VINT3V3
22nF
Same power
transistor
LS_ON
IREF= 1mA
EN_ISINK
VINT3V3
Passive
Switch -off
-
LS_OC_Comp
+
Ilimit = 70mA typ
SGxy
Loss ground
diode
Enable _LSx
Active
Switch -off
GNDSUB1&2
VINT3V3
+
LS_Loss _Gnd
-
GAPGPS02279
8.1.1
Deployment current selection
Deployment current is programmed for each channel using the Deploy Configuration
Register (DCRx) shown in Section 7.3.7.
The deploy time selection allows the device to deploy for a time up to 4.032 ms. Careful
considerations should be done in order to avoid damage on the squib/pyroswitch driver
section for excessive thermal heat. In order to prevent device damage, it is suggested to
avoid excessive voltage drop between SSxy and SFxy. In case the 1.75 A deployment
current level is selected, the voltage drop across the pins should be limited to maximum
17 V for deployment times longer than 0.7 ms and up to 2 ms and 15 V up to 3.2 ms. In
case 1.2 A is selected, the voltage drop should be limited to maximum 22 V for deployment
times longer than 2 ms and up to 3.2 ms.
8.1.2
Deploy command expiration timer
Deploy commands are received for all channels using SPI communications. Once a deploy
command is received, it will remain valid for a specified time period selected in the
Deployment configuration registers (DCR_x). The deploy status and deploy expiration timer
can be read through the Deployment status registers (DSR_x). The deploy expiration timer
is selectable via 2 bits and the maximum programmable time is 500 ms nominal.
164/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
8.1.3
Deployment drivers
Deployment control flow
Deployment control logic requires the following conditions to be true to successfully operate
a deployment:
POR = 0
SSM to be either in Safing State or Arming State
a valid arming condition processed by safing logic or ARMx signals to be set
(depending on selection of internal or external safing engine)
channel-specific deploy command request bits to be set via SPI in the Deploy
command Register (DEPCOM)
a global deployment state has to be active, as described in the following figure.
Figure 32. Global SPI deployment enable state diagram
SSM_Reset
DEP_DISABLED
SPI_SPIDEPEN(DEPEN_WR)
=
UNLOCK
SPI_SPIDEPEN(DEPEN_WR)
=
LOCK
DEP_ENABLED
GAPGPS01127
In case a multiple deployment request would be needed, i.e. deploying the same channel in
sequence, a toggle on DEP_DISABLED has to be performed and a new DEPCOM
command on the same channel has to be sent.
The SPI DEPCOM command is ignored if the device is in the DEP_DISABLED state and the
deploy command is not set. While in DEP_ENABLED state, the following functionalities that
could be active are forced to their reset state:
All squib/pyroswitch and DC sensor diagnostic current or voltage sources
All squib/pyroswitch, DC sensor and ADC diagnostic MUX settings, state machine, etc.
The SPI_LOCK and SPI_UNLOCK signals are available in the SPIDEPEN command:
High-side and Low-side enablers (ARMx) are assigned to the desired channels by means of
the programmable loop matrix. Loop matrix registers are 4, one for each ARMx signals. In
each loop matrix register 12 bits are present to associate independently loops with ARMx
signals. In case external safing is selected LOOP_MATRIX_ARM4 register is don't care
because ARM4 pin is used to arm the low side of all loops without association matrix.
Deploy commands in the Deploy Command Register (DEPCOM) are channel specific.
Deployment requires a valid arming condition from safing logic or ARMx signals to be set
any time before, during or after the specific sequence of deploy commands is received. It is
feasible for a deploy command to be received without a valid arming condition from safing
logic or the ARMx being set. In this case, the deploy command will be terminated according
DS11615 Rev 3
165/286
285
Deployment drivers
L9680
to the Deploy command expiration timer. Likewise, a valid arming condition signal can be
set without receiving a Deploy Command. In this case, the enabling signals will remain
active according to the Arming Enable Pulse Stretch Timer or the ARMx enabling state. The
Arming Enable Pulse Stretch Timers is available in the AEPSTS register.
8.1.4
Deployment current monitoring
A current comparator is used to indicate when the output current from the HSD, SFx,
exceeds the deployment current threshold, ITHDEPL. The timer signal remains active and
increments while the current meets the programmed deploy current as set in the Deploy
Configuration Register. The deploy current counter value is stored in the Deploy Current
Monitor Timer Register XY (DCMTSxy). There is a unique timer register for each channel.
If the deploy current falls below the specified current threshold momentarily and recovers,
the deploy current counter will pause during the drop-out and continue once the current
exceeds the threshold. The deploy current counter will not be reset by the presence or
absence of current in the deployment channel.
Figure 33. Current monitor counter behavior
Normal
operation
I(SFx)
Timer pause
Timer continues from t1
ITHDEPL
t0
t1
t2
t3
GAPGPS02280
The deploy current counter is reset to $0000 as soon as a toggle on DEP_DISABLED is
performed and a new DEPCOM command on the same channel is received.
8.1.5
Deployment success
Deploy success flag is set when the deploy timer elapses. This bit (CHxDS) is contained in
the Deploy Status Register. Within the Global Status Word register (GSW), a single bit
(DEPOK) is also set once any of the 12 deployment channels sets a deploy success flag.
8.2
Energy reserve - deployment voltage
One deployment voltage source pin is used for adjacent channels (e.g. SS23 for channels 2
and 3). These pins are directly connected to the high side drivers for each channel.
8.3
Deployment ground return
L9680 is hosted in a particular frame allowing squib/pyroswitch driver ground feedback to be
connected to an internal ground ring. This ring is electrically connected to the package
exposed pad and to the GNDSUB1 and GNDSUB2 pins. Connection to these two pins is
made by means of a strong metal layer, therefore this connection is sufficient for all
166/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
deployments occurring simultaneously, even in case of only one out of the three possible
connections being available.
8.4
Deployment driver protections
8.4.1
Delayed low-side deactivation
To control voltage spikes at the squib/pyroswitch pins during drivers deactivation at the end
of a deployment, the low side driver is switched off after tdepl_ls-dly delay time with respect to
the high side deactivation.
8.4.2
Low-side voltage clamp
The Low side driver is protected against overvoltage at the SRx pins by means of a
clamping structure as shown in Figure 31. When the Low side driver is turned off, voltage
transients at the SRx pin may be caused by squib/pyroswitch inductance. In this case a low
side FET drain to gate clamp will reactivate the low side FET allowing for residual
inductance current recirculation, thus preventing potential low side FET damage by
overvoltage.
8.4.3
Short to battery
The Low side driver is equipped with current limitation and overcurrent protection circuitry. In
case of short to battery at the squib/pyroswitch pins, the short circuit current is limited by the
Low side driver to ILIMSRx. If this condition lasts for longer than tLIM deglitch filter time then
the low and high-side drivers will be switched off and latched in this state until a new
deployment is commanded after SPI_DEPEN is re-triggered.
8.4.4
Short to ground
The squib/pyroswitch driver is designed to stand a short to ground at the squib/pyroswitch
pins during deployment. In particular, the current flowing through the short circuit is limited
by the high side driver (deployment current) and the high-side FET is sized to handle the
related energy.
In case the short to ground during deployment occurs after an open circuit, a protection
against damage is also available. The high side current regulator would have normally
reacted to the open circuit by increasing the Vgs of the high side FET. Thanks to a dedicated
fast comparator detecting the open condition, the driver is able to discharge the FET gate
quickly in order to reduce current overshoot and prevent potential driver damage when the
short to ground occurs.
8.4.5
Intermittent open squib/pyroswitch
A dedicated protection is also available in case of intermittent open load during deployment.
In this case, if load is restored after an open circuit, due to slow reaction of the high-side
current regulation loop, the current through the squib/pyroswitch is limited only to ILIMSRx by
the low side driver. If this condition lasts for longer than tLIMOS then the high side is turned
off for tHSOFFOS and then reactivated. By this feature, intermittent open squib/pyroswitch
and short to battery faults may be distinguished and handled properly by the drivers.
DS11615 Rev 3
167/286
285
Deployment drivers
8.5
L9680
Diagnostics
The L9680 provides the following diagnostic feedback for all deployment channels:
High voltage leakage test for oxide isolation check on SFx and SRx
Leakage to battery and ground on both SFx and SRx pins with or without a
squib/pyroswitch
Short between loops diagnostics
Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement with leakage cancellation and selectable
range (10/50 Ω)
High squib/pyroswitch resistance with range from 500 Ω to 2000 Ω
SSxy, SFx and VER voltage status
High and Low side FET diagnostics
High side driver diagnostics
Loss of ground return diagnostics
High Side Safing FET diagnostics
The above diagnostic results are processed through a 10 bit Analog to digital algorithmic
converter. These tests can be addressed in two different ways, with a high level approach or
a low-level one. The main difference between the two approaches is that with the low level
approach the user is allowed to precisely control the diagnostic circuitry, also deciding the
proper timings involved in the different tests. On the other hand, the high level approach is
an automatic way of getting diagnostic results for which an internal state machine is taking
care of instructions and timings.
The following is block diagram of the Squib/pyroswitch Diagnostics.
168/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
Figure 34. Deployment loop diagnostics
VER pin
(from Energy Reserve )
SYNCBOOST
Safing
transistor
ISRC_CURR_SEL
ISRC
8/40 mA
SATBUCK
SSxy
Bypass
1nF
Squib resistance measure
(system error < 8%)
Vgnd or
VBat
SFx
RLeak
Vref =2v5
22nF
xN
A to D
Squib loop
driver and
diagnostic
blocks
Rsquib
1ȍto 10ȍ
+
EMI low pass
filter
Vout
10bit
Tot err = ±4LSB
LSB = 2.5/1024 V
Voffset
HV analog MUX
Gain = 5.25
3v3 supply
Vgnd or
VBat
SRx
Ipulldown
I=1mA
Squib resistor HIGH
RLeak
Short to GND
Rleak >10Kȍno detection
Rleak 10Kȍno detection
Rleak > RSQ)
G RSQ I SRC_*
DS11615 Rev 3
171/286
285
Deployment drivers
L9680
The simplification in the calculation method reported above can result in some amount of
error that is already incorporated in the overall tolerance of the squib/pyroswitch resistance
measurement reported in the electrical parameters table.
Values of each measurement step can be required addressing the proper ADCREQx code
in Section 7.3.33: ADC request and data registers (DIAGCTRL_x).
This calculation is tolerant to leakages and, thanks to a dedicated EMI low-pass filter, also to
high frequency noises on squib/pyroswitch lines. Moreover, L9680 features a slew rate
control on the ISRC current generator to mitigate emissions.
High squib/pyroswitch resistance diagnostics
With this test, the device is able to understand if the squib/pyroswitch resistance value is
below 200 Ω, between 500 Ω and 2000 Ω or beyond 5000 Ω. During a high squib/pyroswitch
resistance diagnostics, VRCM and ISNK are enabled and connected respectively to SFx
and SRx on the selected channel. VREF voltage level will be output on SFx. Current flowing
on SFx will be measured and compared to ISRlow and ISRhigh thresholds to identify if the
resistance is above or below RSRlow or RSRhigh levels. The results are reported in the
LPDIAGSTAT register. The relative flags (HSR_HI and HSR_LO) are not latched and reflect
the current status of the comparators.
High and low side FET diagnostics
This couple of tests can only be run during the diagnostic mode of the power-up sequence
Figure 11. Tests are performed individually for HS driver or LS driver, with two dedicated
commands. Prior to either the HS or LS FET diagnostics being run, the VRCM has to be first
enabled. Within the command to enable the VRCM, also the channel onto which the FET
test will be run has to be selected with the LEAK_CHSEL bit field. Running the leakage
diagnostics with the appropriate delay time prior to either the HS or LS FET diagnostics will
precondition the squib/pyroswitch pin to the appropriate voltage level. When the FET
diagnostic command is issued with the Diagnostic Register SPI command (SYSDIAGREQ),
the VRCM flags will be cleared, the VRCM deglitch filter time is switched from the leakage
diagnostic deglitch filter time (TFLT_LKG) to the FET test deglitch filter time
(TFLT_LKGB_FT) for both HS and LS and the output of the VRCM deglitch filter is now
allowed to disable the appropriate HS or LS squib/pyroswitch driver during FET test.
The device monitors the current through the VRCM. If the FET is working properly, this
current will exceed IHS_FET_TH or ILS_FET_TH current threshold, respectively for HS or LS
FET test for the deglitch filter time of TFLT_LKGB_FT, and the driver under test is turned off
immediately and automatically.
If there is a substantial leakage fault to Vbat or GND present during the FET test, leading
this leakage current to exceed the IHS_FET_TH or ILS_FET_TH current threshold, for the
deglitch filter time of TFLT_LKGB_FT, then the driver under test is turned off immediately
and automatically, and the corresponding VRCM flag, STG or STB, is set.
If the current does not exceed the current threshold, the test will be terminated and the
driver is anyway turned off within TFETTIMEOUT.
172/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
Table 10. HS FET TEST
VRCM Flags
Result
STG
STB
0
0
FET test fail
0
1
FET test pass
OR
Leakage to Vbat
1
0
FET test disabled
due to Leakage to Gd
1
1
State not possible
Table 11. LS FET TEST
VRCM Flags
Result
STG
STB
0
0
FET test fail
0
1
FET test disabled
due to Leakage to Vbat
1
0
FET test pass
OR
Leakage to GND
1
1
State not possible
During TFETTIMEOUT period, the bit stating that the FET is enabled will be set (FETON=1)
and will be cleared as soon as the FET is switched back off.
For all conditions the current on SFx/SRx pins will not exceed the VRCM current limitation
value (ILIM_VRCM_SINK or ILIM_VRCM_SRC). There may be higher currents on the
squib/pyroswitch lines due to the presence of filter capacitors. During these FET tests,
energy available to the squib/pyroswitch is limited to less than EFET_TEST. For high side FET
diagnostics, if no faults were indicated in the preceding leakage diagnostics then a normal
result would be [STB=1, STG=0]. If the returned result for the high side FET test is not as
the previous then either the FET is not functional, a short to ground occurred during the test,
or there is a missing SSxy connection for that channel.
For low side FET diagnostics if no faults were indicated in the preceding leakage
diagnostics then a normal result would be [STB=0, STG=1]. If the returned result for the low
side FET test is not as the previous then either the FET is not functional or a short to battery
occurred during the test. In case of ground loss the low-side FET diagnostic would not
indicate a FET fault.
The VRCM flags will be given in the LPDIAGSTAT register. The status of the VRCM flags
after FET test is latched and can be cleared upon either LPDIAGREQ or SYSDIAGREQ SPI
commands.
Finally, after FET test is completed, the VRCM deglitch filter time is switched from the FET
test deglitch filter time (TFLT_LKGB_FT) to the leakage diagnostic test deglitch filter time
DS11615 Rev 3
173/286
285
Deployment drivers
L9680
(TFLT_LKG) for both HS and LS and the output of the VRCM deglitch filter is now not
allowed to disable the appropriate HS or LS squib/pyroswitch driver anymore.
High side driver diagnostics
This test is intended to verify the proper functionality of the HS FET driver, but also the
external squib/pyroswitch connection and other internal circuitries.
First, the ISNK current has to be activated via the LPDIAGREQ register; the channel onto
which the ISNK current is activated has to be selected with the RES_MEAS_CHSEL bit
field. Then, the HS FET related to the loop channel as indicated in the RES_MEAS_CHSEL
bit field is activated with the dedicated DSTEST code for the HS squib/pyroswitch driver test
in the Diagnostic Register SPI command (SYSDIAGREQ). In such condition, the HS driver
will control the FET current to a level ILIM_HS_FET much lower than the usual deployment
current. The HS_DRV_OK flag will be set accordingly to the test result in the LPDIAGSTAT
register, as soon as the deployment current monitoring comparator will detect that the
current through the HS FET exceeds the diagnostic current threshold, 90%*ILIM_HS_FET.
Loss of ground return diagnostics
This diagnostics is available during a squib/pyroswitch measurement or a high side driver
diagnostics. This test is based on the voltage drop across the ground return, if the voltage
drop exceeds SGxy_OPEN, ground connection is considered as lost. Should the ground
connection on the squib/pyroswitch driver circuit be missing, the bit related to the channel
under test by the two above diagnostics will be activated in the LP_GNDLOSS register. The
flag is latched after a proper filter time TFLT_SGOPEN and cleared upon read.
High side safing FET diagnostics
This test has to be issued during the Diag state of the power-up sequence (Figure 11).
Safing FET has to be switched on with the proper code in DSTEST bit field of the
SYSDIAGREQ. Therefore, when the command is received, the device will activate VSF
regulator to supply the external safing FET controller. The user can measure the voltage
levels of both the VSF regulator and the SSxy nodes. If the safing FET is properly switched
on, the voltage on SSxy will be regulated.
The measurement request is done via Diagnostic Control command (DIAGCTRLx), while
results will be reported through ADCRESx bit fields.
Deployment Timer diagnostic
This test allows verifying the correct functionality and duration of the timers used to control
the deployment times. This test can be executed only when the IC is in the Diag state by
setting the appropriate code in the DSTEST field of the SYSDIAGREQ register. When the
test is launched, the IC sequentially triggers the activation of the deployment timers of the
various channels (each of them separated by 8ms idle time) and outputs the relevant
waveform to the ARM1 output discrete pin. See the sequence detail in Figure 36. The µC
can therefore test the deployment times by measuring the duration of the high pulses sent
by the IC on the ARM1 pin. The deployment time configuration used during this test is the
latest one programmed in the DCRx registers. In case the test is run on a channel with no
DCRx deployment time previously configured, a default 8 µs high pulse is output on ARM for
the relevant channel.
174/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
Figure 36. Deployment timer diagnostic sequence
SSM_RESET /
PULSE_TESTx=0
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PULSE_TEST all_chx=0
PT_OFF
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST1=1 for Tpulse_high
PT12
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST12=1 for Tpulse_high
PT_WAIT
From any state:
DIAG state & SPI_SYSREQ(DSTEST=PULSE) /
PULSE_TESTx=0
PT1
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST2=1 for Tpulse_high
PT11
PT10
PT9
PT8
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT7
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PT6
PULSE_TESTn=1 for Tpulse_high
PT5
PT2
PT3
PT4
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST5=1 for Tpulse_high
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST3=1 for Tpulse_high
PT_TMR=Tpulse_period/
PT_TMR=0
PULSE_TESTother=0
PULSE_TEST4=1 for Tpulse_high
GAPGPS02282
Squib/pyroswitch diagnostics with common SRx connected loops
In case of two SRx pins are intentionally connected together, the PD_CURR_CSR bit of the
Deployment Configuration register (DCR_x, where x = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, A) must be used to
indicate which loop pairs have the common SRx connection. The purpose of this additional
bit is to control the pull-down current on each channel to be consistent with or without the
Common SRx connected loops. When the DCR_x(PD_CURR_CSR) bit is set for one loop
pair and the Deployment diagnostic is run on that loop pair, the pull-down current is disabled
on both channels of the loop pair selected.
For the squib/pyroswitch channel pair with common SRx connection, to understand if the
two SFx pins are shorted together, the squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement must be
required with the following setting: LPDIAGREQ[12:11]=11. In this way the ISRC current
generator is enabled on the channel selected by RES_MEAS_CHSEL[3:0] bits while the
Differential Operational Amplifier is connected on the other channel of the squib/pyroswitch
channel pair. If the short between the two SFx pin is not present then the Squib/pyroswitch
resistance measurement results will be close to 0, otherwise it will be half the real
squib/pyroswitch resistance.
Loop diagnostics control and results registers
Diagnostic tests and channels for each test are controlled through the Loop Diagnostic
Request Register (LPDIAGREQ), diagnostic results are stored in the Loop Diagnostic
Status Register (LPDIAGSTAT).
DS11615 Rev 3
175/286
285
Deployment drivers
8.5.2
L9680
High level diagnostic approach
In this approach, the test steps described in the sections below are coded into a dedicated
state machine that helps reducing the user intervention to a minimum.
The high-level diagnostic commands are contained in the LPDIAGREQ, LOOP_DIAG_SEL,
and LOOP_DIAG_CHSEL registers. The high-level diagnostic response is available in the
LPDIAGSTAT register.
The concept is depicted in the following figures.
Figure 37. High level loop diagnostic flow1
Low level diagnostic is selected (bit 15
of LPDIAGREQ is low) OR an invalid
high level diagnostic is selected OR we
are in DEP_ENABLED state
TIP = 0
Leakage test time elapsed
SBL flag is asserted if STG
is no more present
Leakage is detected (due to
the fact that FETs work
properly) OR FET test
timeout elapsed
DIAG_OFF
New high level diagnostic request
(bit 15 of LPDIAGREQ is high)
VRCM (check time elapsed
AND ((VRCM, CHECK test)
is selected OR VRCM fails)
TIP = 1
Wait enaugh time to
be sure that all
currents and voltages
supplies start in OFF state
WAIT_OFF
Off time = 24µs
Latch STB, STG flags
FP = 1 if LEAKAGE or
FET T tests are selected
Off time elapsed AND new
diagnostic request is
VRCM_CHECK OR
LEAKAGE OR SBL OR
FET tests
VRCM_CHECK
FET TEST
TIP = 1
FET test timeout = 200µs
Enable VRCM
Disable ISRC and ISINK
Enable HS or LS FET if also
DSTEST = 0111 or 1000
Leakage test time elapsed
AND (FET test is selected)
AND NO leakage is present
Leakage test time elapsed
AND ((LEAKAGE test) OR
(SBL and no leakage is
present) OR (FET test and
leakage is present))
Latch STB, STG flags
FP = 1 if FET test is selected
TIP = 1
LEAKAGE_TEST_2
Enable VRCM
Disable ISRC and Leakage test time = 152/600µs
ISINK
Disable ALL pull
down currents
VRCM check time = 40µs/160µs
TIP = 1
Enable VRCM
Disable ISRC and ISINK
Leakage test time elapsed
AND (SBL is selected)
AND leakage is present
LEAKAGE_TEST_1
Leakage test time = 152/600µs
TIP = 1
Enable VRCM
Disable ISRC and ISINK
GAPGPS01643
176/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Deployment drivers
Figure 38. High level loop diagnostic flow2
Low level diagnostic is selected (bit 15
of LPDIAGREQ is low) OR an invalid
high level diagnostic is selected OR we
are in DEP_ENABLED state
End of conversion
Store result in ADCRESB
DIAG_OFF
TIP = 0
Resistance range test time elapsed
Latch HSR_HI, HSR_LO flags
SQUIB RES RANGE
TEST
New high level diagnostic request
(bit 15 of LPDIAGREQ is high)
Off time elapsed AND new
diagnostic request is SQUIB
RESISTANCE RANGE test
TIP = 1
Wait enough time to
be sure that all
currents and voltages
supplies start in OFF state
WAIT_OFF
Resistance range test
setting time = 152µs/600µs
TIP = 1
Enable VRCM
Enable ISINK
Off time = 24µs
Off time elapsed AND new
diagnostic request is
SQUIB RESISTANCE measure test
SQUIB RES MEAS
CONV1
SQUIB RES MEAS
CONV12
End of conversion
Store result in ADCRESA
End of setting time
End of setting time
SQUIB RES MEAS
SETTLE1
TIP = 1
Enable ISRC on SFx
Enable ISINK
Resistance test
setting time = 304µs/1200µs
SQUIB RES MEAS
SETTLE2
TIP = 1
Resistance test
Enable ISINK
setting time = 304µs/1200µs
Enable ISRC
BYPASS ISRC on SRx
GAPGPS01644
DS11615 Rev 3
177/286
285
Remote sensor interface
9
L9680
Remote sensor interface
The L9680 contains 4 remote sensor interfaces, capable of supporting PSI-5 protocol
(synchronous mode, increased voltage, extended range) and active wheel speed sensors.
A simplified block diagram of the interface is shown below. The interface supply is given on
the SATBUCK pin (refer to Figure 3: Power supply block diagram). The circuitry consists of
a power interface that mirrors current flowing in the external sensor and transmits this
current information to the decoder, which produces a digital value for each remote sensor
channel. The voltage at the RSUx pins can be limited by the power interface in case of
SATBUCK supply overvoltage to protect the external sensors. Decoded data are then
output through the Remote Sensor Data Registers (RSDRx). Received signals can be
processed to the corresponding discrete logic output pin WS0-WS3. The power interface
also contains error detection circuitry. When a fault is detected, the error code is stored in a
global SPI data buffer in the Remote Sensor Data Registers (RSDRx).
Figure 39. Remote sensor interface logic blocks
Remote Sensor Configuration Reg.(RSCRx)
Remote Sensor Control Reg.(RSCTRL)
Remote Sensor Data and Fault Reg.X (RSDRx)
Manchester
Decoder &
Fault
Detection
Power &
Input
Protection
X
RSUx
GAPGPS02283
Remote sensor configuration can be addressed via the Remote Sensor Configuration
Registers (RSCRx). Some of the bit fields in the RSCRx registers are available depending
on the chosen configuration, remote sensor rather than wheel speed sensors. In particular,
TSxDIS bit allows overriding the time slot control for PSI5 I/F and BLKTxSEL allows
selection between 5ms and 10ms for the blanking time applied to the current limitation fault
detection each time a channel is activated.
The Remote Sensor Control Register (RSCTRL) allow for interface channels to be switched
on and Off and for Sync Pulse control via SPI.
The remote sensor interface reports both data information and fault information in the
Remote Sensor Data Register (RSDRx). The device accommodates for a total of 12 data
registers. Independent data registers are defined for each remote sensor interface and are
formatted differently based on whether the interfaces are programmed for PSI-5 remote
sensor functions or active wheel speeds.
In the VDA sensor communication, data bit D0 in the RSDRx register might be used by the
sensor as a fault bit. Therefore, this bit is latched as D0_L in order to detect whether a fault
has occurred: the eight data bits are updated every speed pulse so intermittent fault
conditions could be lost. This bit is cleared-upon-read.
If the device detects an error on the sensor interface, the MSB in RSDRx (FLTBIT) will be
set to '1' and the following bits will be used to report the detected errors. Otherwise, the
register will contain only data information. Detailed information on data and fault reporting
are explained in the following sections.
178/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Remote sensor interface
When a fault condition is detected, the RSFLT bit of the global status word (GSW) is set to
1. Faults other than Short to Ground and Over-temperature will only clear after read, not by
the disabling of channel.
Data are cleared upon reading the RSDRx register.
9.1
PSI5 mode
All channels are compliant to the PSI-5 v1.3 specification as described below:
Two-wire current interface
Manchester coded digital data transmission
High data transmission speeds of 125 kbps and 189 kbps
Variable data word length (8 & 10 bit only)
1-bit parity
Synchronous operating mode with 3 time slots
An example of the data format for one possible PSI-5 protocol configuration is shown below.
Data size and the error checking may vary, but the presence of 2 sync start bits (referenced
below as sync bits) and 2 TGap time is consistent regardless.
Figure 40. PSI-5 remote sensor protocol (10-bit, 1-bit parity
Data Transmission
TGAP
frame duration
S1 S2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 P
"0" "0" "1" "1" "1" "0" "0" "1" "1" "1" "1" "0" "1"
Manchester Code
Transmission of 0x1E7
0x1E7 = 01 1110 0111b
TBIT
9.1.1
GAPGPS01132
Functional description
The Remote Sensor Interface block provides a hardware connection between the
microcontroller and up to twelve remote sensors (maximum three per channel). Each
channel is independent on the others, and is not influenced by possible fault conditions
occurring on other channels, such as short circuits to ground or to vehicle battery. Each
channel is supplied by a current limited DC voltage derived from SATBUCK, and monitors
the current sunk from its supply in order to extract encoded data. The remote sensor
modulates the current draw to transmit Manchester-encoded data back to the receiver. The
current level detection threshold for all channels is internally computed by the IC in order to
adapt the signal level to the sensors quiescent current.
All channels can be enabled or disabled independently via SPI commands. The operational
status of all channels can also be read via SPI command. All channels support individual
selective sync-pulse control to allow communication back to the remote sensor via syncpulse voltage modulation as described in the PSI5 v1.3 specification.
DS11615 Rev 3
179/286
285
Remote sensor interface
L9680
The message bits are encoded using a Manchester format, in which logic values are
determined by a current transition in the middle of the bit time. When configured for PIS5
sensors each interface supports Manchester 2 encoding as shown in Figure 41. When
configured for VDA sensors the protocol supported is Manchester 1.
Figure 41. Manchester bit encoding
Bit time
Start bits = ’00 ’
Logic '0'
Current
Logic '1'
‘0’
‘0’
‘1’
‘0’
‘1’
Manchester-2
PSI5
GAPGPS01133
The sensor input filter time, deglitch filter, (delay until a threshold crossing is detected) can
be configured in 15 steps. Filters can be selected individually for each channel, through the
Remote Sensor Configuration Register, WSFILT bits
The received message data are stored in input data registers that are read out by the
microcontroller via the SPI interface. For PSI5, three data registers per channel are used to
store remote sensor messages received during timeslots 1, 2, and 3 respectively. Each
register is updated after a certain delay (TWRITE_EN_DELAY ) from the end of relative
sensor message. All the bits inside the registers itself are simultaneously updated upon
reception of the remote sensor message to prevent partial frame data from being sampled
via the SPI interface. After the data for a given channel is read via the SPI interface,
subsequent requests for data from this channel will result in an error response.
To allow for sampling synchronization of remote sensor data with the software in the
microcontroller, the Remote sensor Interface block includes sync-pulse circuitry to signal
initiation of sampling in the remote sensor. The sync-pulse is output to the remote sensors in
the form of an increased voltage level on the RSUx pins when sampling is to be conducted.
The higher voltage level required for the sync-pulse is sourced from the SYNCBOOST
boost regulator. Pulse shaping is used to limit the slew rate of the pulses to reduce EMI.
Feedback protection is provided to prevent fault conditions on one channel from affecting
the others during sync-pulse generation. The microcontroller schedules the activation of the
sync pulses to the four channels by providing a periodic signal to the SATSYNC pin. When a
rising edge is detected on SATSYNC pin, the Remote sensor Interface block outputs sync
pulses on channels RSU0-RSU3 in sequence to reduce the average current inrush to the
remote sensors as shown in Figure 42. The voltage source in the Remote Sensor Interface
block can source and sink current and is used to discharge the bus capacitance at the end
of the sync pulse. The pull down device used to sink current is current limited.
180/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Remote sensor interface
Figure 42. Remote sensor synchronization pulses
SATSYNC
SATFD1
SATFD2
SATFD3
SATFD4
GAPGPS02284
L9680 supports three time slots in a sync period with associated RSDRx registers. The
messages received within one sync period are routed to the corresponding RSDRx register
associated to each time slot. A time slot control is performed to check if the incoming
messages fall within the valid time slots reported in Table 62 and sketched in Figure 43 If
the end of the received message occurs outside a valid time slot, a SLOT_ERROR fault will
be detected and stored in the related RSDRx register. Slot error assignment is described in
Figure 43. For instance, if the end of second message falls before expected valid time
window the error slot 1 is asserted and then also the data received with the first message is
lost. If two messages end within the same slot, the second message will be assigned to that
slot, regardless its validity. The time slot control can be disabled by setting the TSxDIS bit in
the RSCRx register.
Figure 43. PSI5 slot timing control
SATSYNC PIN
SYNC PULSE ENABLE
t0
T_ES_1 T_LS_1
PSI5 frames
From Satellite
T_EE_1
T_LE_1T_ES_2 T_LS_2
Slot 1
T_EE_2 T_LE_2 T_ES_3
T_LS_3
Slot 2
T_EE_3
T_LE_3
Stop bit not
included
Slot 3
328.9
T_s2_end_closure(min)
T_s2_end_closure(max)
T_s1_end_closure(min)
T_s1_end_closure(max)
T_s3_end_closure(min)
T_s3_end_closure(max)
Frame end
Detect windows
T_s1_end_open(min)
T_s1_end_open(max)
Receiver
Response
Error Slot 1
T_s2_end_open(min)
T_s2_end_open(max)
Valid
Slot 1
Error Slot 1
T_s3_end_open(min)
T_s3_end_open(max)
Valid
Slot 2
Error
Slot 2
Valid
Slot 3
Error Slot 3
GAPGPS03314
DS11615 Rev 3
181/286
285
Remote sensor interface
L9680
The remote sensor interface is also able to detect faults occurring on the sensor interface.
The Remote Sensor Data Register (RSDRx) will report multiple fault flags.
When the number of bits decoded is incorrect (either too many or too few), a bit error is
indicated. When any bit error is detected (bit time, too many bits, too few bits), the decoder
will revert to the minimum bit time of the selected range and the message is discarded.
Error bit INVALID is an OR-ed combination of the following errors:
Start bit error outside of selected operating range
Data length error or stop bit error
Parity Error of received Remote sensor Message
Bit time error (a data bit edge is not received inside the expected time window)
All fault bit related to channel error are loaded in the 3 time slot register and the fault has the
priority, so the fault overwrite valid data.
9.1.2
Sensor data integrity: LCID and CRC
Each RSDRx data register contains a Logical Channel ID which is a 4/2-bit field for remote
sensors used to link the received data to the corresponding logical channel number. Each
RSDRx register contains also a CRC bit field computed on the data packet for data integrity
check. To satisfy functional safety requirements LCID, DATA and CRC bit fields propagate
through the same data path as a single item to the SPI output.
The polynomial calculation implemented for PSI5 data is described as in PSI5 specification
g(x)=1+x+x^3 with initialization value equal to ‘111’.
Below are the equations to calculate the CRC in combinatorial way.
CRC[2] = CRCext[0]+D[0]+D[1]+D[3]+D[6]+D[7]+D[8]+D[10]+D[13]+D[14]+D[15]
CRC[1] = CRCext[2]+D[0]+D[1]+D[2]+D[4]+D[7]+D[8]+D[9]+D[11]+D[14]+D[15]+D[16]
CRC[0] = CRCext[1]+CRCext[0]+D[0]+D[2]+D[5]+D[6]+D[7]+D[9]+D[12]+D[13]+D[14]+D[16]
Where D[16:0]= RSDR[16:0] and CRCext[n] are the starting seed values (all '1').
9.1.3
Detailed description
Manchester decoding
The Manchester decoder will support remote sensor communication as per PSI
specification rev 1.3 for the modes configurable via the STS bits in the RSCRx registers.
The Manchester Decoder checks the duty-cycle and period of the start bits to determine
their validity, depending on the configuration of the PERIOD_MEAS_DISABLE bit in the
RSCRx registers. The expected time windows for the mid bit transitions of each subsequent
bit within the received frame are determined by means of the internal oscillator time base.
Glitches shorter than 25% of the minimum bit time duration are rejected.
182/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Remote sensor interface
Figure 44. Manchester decoder state diagram
RESET_DECODER Æ
Strobe RESET_CNT
IDLE
T10
PERIOD_1_5
Strobe REC_END
Strobe RESET_CNT
(check PARITY_ERR)
T1
T11
RISING_EDGE Æ
PERIOD_1_5
Strobe RESET_CNT
T13
Strobe RESET_CNT
ANY and / PERIOD_1_5
Strobe RESET_CNT
T2a
T9
ANY and
(PERIOD_0_75 or not FIRST)
WAIT
TGAP
Period_1_25 and ANY_EDGEÆ
Strobe RESET_CNT
B
Strobe MANY BITS
Strobe RESET_CNT
A
A
T2b
Period_1_25 and not ANY_EDGE
ERROR
B
B
START BIT
DET.
E
C
T3
D
(first pulse duty cycle check: )
FALLING_EDGE before period_0_25 Æ
Strobe RESET_CNT
T4
T6a
RISING_EDGE & /Period_0_75 Æ
Strobe RESET_CNT
PERIOD_1_25 and ANY
strobe CHECK_TIME
T6b
Strobe RESET_CNT
PERIOD_1_25 and not ANY
strobe CHECK_TIME
T7
ANY and
not PERIOD_0_75 and
not FIRST_EDGE
Strobe RESET_CNT
Strobe CHECK_TIME
A
B
E
DATA REC.
T5
D
T8
ANY and
PERIOD_0_75 and STATE=C_NB
Strobe RESET_CNT
Strobe NEXT BIT
RISING and PERIOD_0_75
Strobe RESET_CNT
C
T12
(ANY and not PERIOD_1_25 and
PERIOD_0_75 and not STATE=C_NB)
Strobe RESET_CNT
Strobe NEXT BIT
DataFilt
RISING_EDGE
FALLING_EDGE
ANY
C_NB
STATE
BitCounter
Period_1_50
Period_1_25
Period_0_75
FIRST_EDGE
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
:=
Filtered Raw Data (RXSAT) from Current Demodulator (after deglitcher )
DataFilt(n+1, n) == “01”
DataFilt(n+1, n) == “10”
RISING_EDGE or FALLING_EDGE
8bit frame configurated ? 10 : 12
{0@IDLE, 1@STATBITDET, 2@T5, STATE++@T12, 0xE @WAIT, 0xF@ERROR}
RESET_CNT ? 0 : BitCounter++
BitCounter >= BitPeriod*1.5
BitCounter >= BitPeriod*1.25
GAPGPS01645
BitCounter >= BitPeriod*0.75
Period_0_75? 1 : ANY? 0 : FIRST_EDGE after a delay of Tck (Remark: not a combinatorial signal )
DS11615 Rev 3
183/286
285
Remote sensor interface
L9680
A Manchester Decoder Error occurs if one or more of the following are true:
Two valid start bits are detected, and at least one of the expected 13 mid-bit transitions
are not detected
Two valid start bits are detected, and more than 13 mid-bit transitions are detected
When the number of bits decoded is incorrect (either too many or too few), a bit error is
indicated. When any bit error is detected (bit time, too many bits, too few bits), the
decoder will revert to the minimum bit time of the selected range and the message is
discarded.
The Manchester decoder re-initializes at the start of each timeslot, such that remote sensor
frames violating timeslot boundaries will result in the setting of a Manchester Error. All errors
are readable through the Sensor Fault Status Register and the RSFLT bit in the Global
Status Word Register.
When a valid message is correctly decoded, the 10/8 data bits are stored into the
appropriate RSDRx register together with the related LCID. The RSDRx register contains
the 10/8 bits data as they are received from the sensor (no data range check/mask is done
at this stage). The 8-bit data word is right-justified inside the 10-bit data field in the RSDRx
registers.
Current sensor w/ auto-adjust trip current
The current sensor is responsible for translating the current drawn by the sensor into a
digital state. Each remote sensor channel has a dedicated current sensor.
The current flowing through the RSU power stage is internally downscaled by a factor 100,
sent to a 10 bits A/D converter and digitally processed to extract both the sensor quiescent
and delta currents.
The delta current threshold for signal detection can either be fixed or auto-adjusted to the
actual calculated sensor delta current, depending on the FIX_THRESH bit setting in the
RSCRx registers.
The current trip point is dynamically determined by adding the delta current threshold
(fixed/auto-adjusted) to the quiescent current (auto-adjusted). The RSU current is compared
against the current trip point to determine the current demodulator digital output. A logic '1'
represents the sensor current above the current trip point. The current demodulator output
is fed into the Manchester decoder and optionally to the WSx discrete output pins,
depending on the configuration of the RSPTEN bit in the RSCRx registers.
Thanks to the quiescent and delta current tracking features the receiver is capable to
automatically adapt to different nominal sensor currents and/or to be tolerant to sensor
current drifts over lifetime.
Both the sensor quiescent and delta current tracking algorithms can be configured by
setting appropriately the REDUCED_RANGE, BLOCK_CURR_IN_MSG and AVG/SSDIS
bits in the RSCRx registers.
184/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
9.2
Remote sensor interface
Active wheel speed sensor
The remote sensor interface circuit conditions and decodes active wheel speed sensor
signals with various pulse widths and output currents. The following sensor types are
supported and selected through the Remote Sensor Configuration Register (RSCR)
Standard active 2-level wheel speed sensors (7/14 mA)
Three level (7/14/28 mA) VDA compliant sensor with direction and air gap information
(‘Requirement Specification for Standardized Interface for Wheel Speed Sensor with
Additional Information’, Version 2.0)
PWM encoded 2-level sensors with 2 edges per tooth (see data sheet Infineon® IC
TLE4942/BOSCH DF11)
PWM encoded 2-level sensors with 1 edge per tooth (see data sheet Allegro®
ATS651LSH/BOSCH DF11)
Received wheel speed frames from all the above sensors are decoded into signals suitable
for the microcontroller through the four WSx output pins (WS0-WS3). Specific information is
shown in Figure 45.
For all sensors, other than the standard active 2- level sensor, additional sensor data
(diagnostics, etc…) are decoded and available within the Remote Sensor Data Registers
(RSDR0, RSDR1, RSDR3, RSDR4). If standard active 2- level sensor is selected the
content of the Remote Sensor Data Registers will be NO DATA fault.
Only for 2-level sensors (STD or PWM encoded) the user may choose to have all sensor
data processed through the microcontroller by selecting pass through mode, WSPTEN,
within the Remote Sensor Configuration Register (RSCR). In pass through mode, the
remote sensor interface simply transforms the incoming sensor current pulses to digital
voltage pulses on the WSx pins, no decoding is performed.
The sensor input filter time, deglitch filter (delay until a threshold crossing is detected) can
be configured in 15 steps. Filters can be selected individually for each channel, through the
Remote Sensor Configuration Register, WSFILT bits.
For PWM encoded sensors with 2 edges per tooth not in pass through mode, the standstill
signal can be processed directly to the WSx output pins. This is done in the Remote Sensor
Configuration Register, SSEN bit.
Since the decoder has to measure the pulses in order to determine, whether they are standstill pulses or not, the first standstill pulse will always be seen on the WSx output pins and
the first not stand-still pulse after a stand-still period will be suppressed.
For 3-levels VDA sensors the device performs parity check on the received data frame. In
case a parity error is detected, the INVALID fault bit of the RSDRx register will be set.
Data from the sensor are not latched: last incoming frame overwrites the previous one once
validated. Faults coming from diagnostic (i.e. over current, short to ground or battery) are
latched until the microcontroller reads them.
Sensor signal decoding is done according to two possible algorithms:
Auto-adjusting current trip points.
With this option, the IC is able to find sensor DC current value (named IB0) in the range
from 2.5 mA to 21 mA (default is 7 mA).
The IC is also able to detect the current value of the data pulse and compute the first
threshold (named Ith1): Ith1 = IB0 + Ith1/2 where Ith1 is in the range from 5 mA to
9.3 mA (default is 7 mA).
DS11615 Rev 3
185/286
285
Remote sensor interface
L9680
Besides, in case of VDA selected, the ASIC is also able to recognize the current value
of the speed pulse by computing a second threshold (named Ith2): Ith2 = IB0 + Ith1 +
Ith2/2 where Ith2 in the range from 10 mA to 18.6 mA (default is 14 mA)
Fixed current trip points where the thresholds are set via SPI. The default value for first
threshold is 9.8 mA and for second threshold is 19.6 mA
Figure 45. Wheel speed sensor protocols
28 mA
I TH2
Three level current
(VDA compliant sensor
with Manchester encoded
information)
14 mA
high high low high low high high high high
I TH1
7 mA
db0 db1 db2 db3 db4 db5 db6 db7
p
I THopen
WSx pin
Data and diagnostic by SPI: Three level sensors have eight data bits and a parity bit which are written into the register upon
receiving. At higher speed not all bits can be transmitted. The data register for each wheel contains the number of data bits
received between two speed pulses.
14 mA
Two level current
(Standard compliant sensor
with only speed information)
I
TH1
7 mA
WSx pin
Data by WSx pin (Pass-through mode)
14 mA
Two level current PWM
(One pulse per tooth with data
encoded in pulse width)
I
45 μs - right rotation
7 mA
TH1
90 μs - left rotation
45 μs
45 μs
90 μs
90 μs
(Pass-through mode)
WSx pin
Data by WSx pin and duty cycle by SPI
(normal mode)
14 mA
Two level current PWM
(Two pulses per tooth with
data and diagnostic encoded
in pulse width)
I TH1
7 mA
45 μs n x 45 μs
(Pass-through mode)
WSx pin
Data by WSx pin and duty cycle by SPI
(normal mode)
GAPGPS02285
186/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
9.2.1
Remote sensor interface
Wheel speed data register formats
When programmed as a wheel speed sensor interface, only four data registers are used
(Remote Sensor Data Register RSDR0-RSDR3).
Independent data registers are defined for each wheel speed channel and their contents are
determined by sensor type. Three level VDA sensors have eight data bits and. At fast wheel
speed not all bits may be transmitted by the sensor: the IC is able both to process normal or
either truncated frames by providing together with data, a 4 bit counter to inform the
microcontroller about the number of received valid bits.
For PWM encoded sensors, each pulse length is written to the sensor data register with a
typical resolution of 5 µs per bit. In case of pulse width duration equal or higher than
TSTANDSTILL_TH_L and less or equal than TSTANDSTILL_TH_H2, the standstill condition will be
recognized and bit 15 in the corresponding register will be set.
The register is updated when a PWM falling edge is detected; in case of stuck-at 1 of the
PWM signal the register is updated when the counter reaches the overflow value (0x1FF): in
this case the standstill bit not set and the counter in overflow will signal a fault to the
microcontroller.
9.2.2
Test mode
In order test the input structures of the connected microcontroller, the L9680 features a
wheel speed test mode that allows test patterns to be applied on the four wheel speed
outputs WS0-WS3. The test mode can be entered via SPI and the test patterns can also be
controlled via SPI commands. Test patterns can be composed only of static high or low
signals, which can be selected via SPI. For failsafe reasons only one channel at a time can
be switched into test mode.
9.3
Remote sensor interface fault protection
9.3.1
Short to ground, current limit
Each output is short circuit protected by an independent current limit. Should the output
current level reach or exceed the ILIMTH for a time period greater than TILIMTH or the
remote sensor interface the output stage is disabled. An internal up-down counter will count
in 25 µs increment up to TILIMTH. The filter time is chosen in order to avoid false current
limit detection for in-rush current that may happen at interface switch-on. When the output is
turned off due to current limit, the appropriate fault code STG is set in the Remote Sensor
Data Register (RSDR). The fault timer latch is cleared when the sensor channel is first
disabled and then re-enabled through the Remote Sensor Control Register (RSCTRL). This
fault condition does not interfere neither with the normal operation of the IC, nor with the
operation of the other channels. When a sensor fault is detected, the RSFLT bit of the GSW
is set indicating a fault occurred and can be decoded by addressing the RSDR register.
In order to fulfill the blanking time requirement at channel activation as per PSI-5
specification, a dedicated masking time is applied to the current limitation fault detection
each time a channel is activated.
DS11615 Rev 3
187/286
285
Remote sensor interface
9.3.2
L9680
Short to battery
All outputs are independently protected against a short to battery condition. Short to battery
protection disconnects the channel from its supply rail to guarantee that no adverse
condition occurs within the IC. The short-to-battery detection circuit has input offset voltage
(10mV, minimum) to prevent disconnecting of the output under an open circuit condition. A
short to battery is detected when the output RSUx pin voltage increases above SATBUCK
or SYNCBOOST (depending on operation) supply pin voltage for a TSTBTH time. An internal
up-counter will count in 1.5 µs increment up to TSTBTH. The counter will be cleared if the
short condition is not present for at least 1.5 µs. The channel in short to battery is not shut
down by this condition. Other channels are not affected in case of short of one output pin.
As in the case previously described, the STB fault code can be read from RSDR bits and
any fault will set the RSFLT bit of the global status word register (GSW). The STB bit is
cleared upon read or upon channel disabled via SPI RSCTRL register.
9.3.3
Cross link
The device provides also the capability of a cross link check between outputs, in order to
reveal conditions where two output channels are in short. This functionality is allowed by
enabling one output channel, while asking for voltage measurement on any of the other
ones.
9.3.4
Leakage to battery, sensor open
The sensor interface offers also open sensor detection. The auto-adjusting counter for
remote sensor current sensing will drop to 0 in case the current flowing through RSUx pin is
lower than 2.5 mA typ. The OPENDET fault flag is asserted when the fault condition lasts for
longer than TRSUOP_FILT deglitch filter time. This fault flag can be read from RSDR bits
and any fault will set the RSFLT bit of the global status word register (GSW). The channel in
this condition is not shutdown. This fault bit is cleared upon read or upon channel disabled
via SPI RSCTRL register.
9.3.5
Leakage to ground
The sensor interface offers as well the detection of a leakage to ground condition, that will
possibly raise the sensor current higher than 42 mA/12 mA typ in PSI5/WSS modes
respectively. The CURRENT_HI fault flag is asserted when the fault condition lasts for
longer than TRSUCH_FILT deglitch filter time. This fault flag can be read from RSDR bits and
any fault will set the RSFLT bit of the global status word register (GSW). The channel in this
condition is not shutdown. This fault bit is cleared upon read or upon channel disabled via
SPI RSCTRL register.
9.3.6
Thermal shutdown
Each output is protected by an independent over-temperature detection circuit should the
remote sensor interface thermal protection be triggered the output stage is disabled and a
corresponding thermal fault is latched and reported through the RSTEMP flag in the Remote
Sensor Data Register (RSDRx). The thermal fault flag is cleared when the sensor channel is
first disabled and then re-enabled through the Remote Sensor Configuration Register
(RSCRx).
188/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
10
Watchdog timers
Watchdog timers
This device offers a 2-level watchdog control approach. The first control level is given by
means of a temporal watchdog (WD1). The WD1 window times are SPI programmable and
a couple of specific codes have to be written within this window in order to serve the WD1
control. The second control level is featured by an algorithmic seed/key watchdog (WD2).
Unlike the temporal watchdog, the algorithmic watchdog service must be maintained before
a timeout occurs, i.e. there is no restriction on refreshing the watchdog too early. Both WD1
and WD2 watchdog functionalities can be tested trough the WD_TEST SPI command.
10.1
Temporal watchdog (WD1)
The temporal watchdog ensures the system software is operating correctly by requiring
periodic service from the microcontroller at a programmable rate. This service (watchdog
refresh) must occur within a time window, and if serviced too early or too late will enter an
error state reported via the FLTSR register (WD1_WDR bit).
The overall WD1 functionality is described in the state diagram reported in Figure 46.
Figure 46. WD1 Temporal watchdog state diagram
WSM_Reset
(From any state) /
WD1_LOCKOUT=1
WD1_WDR=0
WD1_ERR_CNT=0
WD1_ERR_TH_WE=1
WD2_SSMRST OR MCU_SSMRST
(from any state) /
WDT/TM>VWD_OVERRIDE AND
SPI WD1_TEST
WD1_LOCKOUT=0
1 ms /
WD1_WDR=1
500ms AND
WD1_TOVR=0 /
WD1_LOCKOUT=1
WD1_ERR_CNT++
WD1 RESET
WD1_ERROR /
WD1_LOCKOUT=1
WD1_ERR_CNT++
WD1
OVERRIDE
WD1 INITIAL
WD1 RUN
WD1 refresh OK /
WD1 refresh OK /
WD1_WDR=0
WD1_ERR_TH_WE=0
,I :'B(55B&17:'B5(75MIN &
SPI_WD1_A /
TMR1=0
Strobe WD1 refresh OK
WD1B2
WD1A2
TMR1>MIN &
SPI_WD1_B /
TMR1=0
Strobe WD1 refresh OK
TMR1>MAX OR
[TMR1MAX OR
[TMR1MAX
SPI_WD2_KEY=targkey / INITSEED
TMR2=0
SEED=SEEDCTR
targkey=fn(SEED,PREV_KEY)
WD2_WDR=0
WD2_LOCKOUT=0
WD2_retry=0
WD2_ERR_TH_WE=0
WD2_RETRY_TH_WE=0
SPI WD2_TEST /
WD2_TM=1
SPI_WD2_KEY=targkey /
TMR2=0
SEED=SEEDCTR
targkey=
fn(SEED,PREV_KEY)
TMR2>MAX /
TMR2=0
WD2_Retry++
WD2 TEST
TMR2>MAX /
TMR2=0
WD2_Retry++
WD2 RUN
SPI_WD2_KEY=targkey /
TMR2=0
SEED=SEEDCTR
targkey=fn(SEED,PREV_KEY)
TWDT2_RST /
WD2_WDR=1
WD2_TM=0
WD2 QUAL
SPI_WD2_KEY=targkey /
TMR2=0
SEED=SEEDCTR
targkey=fn(SEED,PREV_KEY)
WD2_Retry>WD2_RETRY_TH /
WD2_ERRcnt++
WD2_LOCKOUT=1
SPI_WD2_RECOVER /
WD2_retry=0
WD2_LOCKOUT=0
WD2
STOPPING
WD2 LOCK
WD2_ERRcnt>WD2_ERR_TH
WD2_WDR=1
SPI_WD2_KEY=targkey /
TWDT2_RST /
TMR2=0
SEED=SEEDCTR
targkey=fn(SEED,PREV_KEY)
TMR2>MAX /
WD2 STOP
WD2 RESET
GAPGPS02287
192/286
DS11615 Rev 3
TMR2>MAX /
L9680
Watchdog timers
Following the description of the WD2 states and signals (most of them available through SPI
registers)
Table 13. WD2 states and signals
State / Signal
Description
WD2 INIT
Default state entered from startup or after a SSM reset (if not in WD2 STOP
state).
WD2 OVERRIDE
WD2 INITSEED
Special state used to disable WD2 watchdog functionality.
State entered when the correct default key is received in INIT state. Here
the timer starts to count waiting for the real first key.
WD2 RUN
Normal run-time state where WD2 service is required.
WD2 TEST
A special state used to test the watchdog function. Normally, this state will
only be checked once per power cycle by the software, but there is no
inherent restriction in the watchdog logic preventing periodic testing. This
state allows testing of the watchdog without affecting WD2 error (no reset is
generated, WD2_LOCKOUT stay low). Only WD2_WDR latch could be set
to 1, in this way µC is able to verify the functionality of the watchdog.
WD2 QUAL
A state used to qualify a number of WD2_ERROR occurrences before
action is taken. The intent is to use this state to permit a retry strategy to
account for software jitter.
WD2 LOCK
A state entered after the allowed retries have been exhausted. This is
where action is taken due to WD2 service failure.
WD2 STOPPING
This is a timed-duration state that is automatically exited after 1ms
WD2 STOP
A state used to prevent continual recovery of WD2 errors using the
WD2_KEY key mechanism to restart watchdog service.
WD2 RESET
State entered when a WD2_ERROR occurs after having been qualified in
the WD2_QUAL state (when all retries are exhausted), or when testing the
WD2. This is a timed-duration state that is automatically exited after 1ms.
WSM_RESET
Watchdog State Machine reset – used to force a transition to the WD2 INIT
state and reset all signals to their inactive states
WD2_RETRY
Counter that tracks the number of retry attempts. It is incremented each
time the logic detects a WD2 error while qualifying the error.
WD2_WDR
Watchdog Reset – latched signal that is activated whenever a watchdog
error is qualified. For WD2, this occurs when WD2 service not received
after all retry attempts have previously failed. This signal is SPI-readable.
WD2_TM
Test Mode – a signal that indicates that WD2 is being tested. This signal is
SPI-readable.
WD2_LOCKOUT
A latched signal that is activated on startup, or whenever a WD2 error is
fully qualified (all retry attempts have failed). Recovery is still possible after
this is set going into WD2 RUN state. This signal drives the
WD2_LOCKOUT output pin. This signal is SPI-readable.
SPI_WD2_TEST
SPI command used to enter WD2_TEST state or to enter WD2 OVERRIDE
state from INIT.
TMR2
Timer to count the maximum time limit to receive the correct key
SPI_WD2_RECOVER SPI command used to clear retry counter
WD2_ERR_CNT
Counter that tracks the number of WD2 error occurred
DS11615 Rev 3
193/286
285
Watchdog timers
L9680
To refresh WD2, the logic must receive a WD2_KEY command containing the expected key
value before the WD2 timer expires. If it is received too late the refresh criteria have not
been met. The WD2 error is asserted if the refresh does not occur before the end of the
timeout. The WD2 error is not asserted if it receives continuously a WD2_KEY command
with the correct key. This allows the system software to repeatedly transmit the correct key
value at any rate faster than the required timeout.
Upon reception of the correct key, the logic will generate a new seed value, then calculate a
new key using the new seed and reset the watchdog timer to create a new timeout.
When in WD2 INITSEED state, the three steps above are executed anyway. The seed is
latched from a free-running counter that starts when WSM is released. The WD2_KEY
command is used for transmission of the watchdog key, while WD2_SEED command is
used to read the new seed and the previous key.
The SEED is generated by latching the value from a free-running counter. The free-running
seed counter runs at a rate of fWD2_SEED as specified in Table 29. The key value and seed
value are 8-bits in length. The key shall be calculated as follows: (KEY = SEED ‡ PrevKEY
+ $01) where ‡ denotes a bit-wise XOR operation
10.3
Watchdog reset assertion timer
Upon either a WD1 or a WD2 watchdog reset, the watchdog logic will momentarily assert
the RESET pin for time duration TWDT1_RST / TWDT2_RST. When the RESET pin has been
asserted through the watchdog reset assertion timer, stored faults are maintained and can
be read by the microcontroller via SPI following the RESET period.
10.4
Watchdog timer disable input (WDT/TM)
This input pin has a passive and active pull-down and is used to disable the watchdog timer.
The state of this pin can be read by SPI through the WDT/TM_S bit in the GSW register.
When WDT/TM pin is asserted, the watchdog timer is disabled, the timer is reset to its
starting value and no faults are generated.
The WDT/TM input pin must not be biased HIGH (WDT/TM > VWDTDIS_TH) prior to POR in
order to have a proper start-up.
194/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
11
DC sensor interface
DC sensor interface
L9680 implements a circuitry able to interface with a variety of positioning sensors. The
sensors that can be connected to the device are Hall-effect, resistive or simple switches.
Range of measurements is:
Resistive sensor: 65 Ωto 3 kΩ
Hall-effect sensor: 1 mA to 2 0 mA.
Within the above ranges, accuracy of ±15% is granted. A reduced accuracy is given in the
range 1 mA to 2 mA. Hall sensor and switch interface block diagram is shown below.
Figure 49. DC sensor interface block diagram
SYNCBOOST
100
100
1
Blocks shared/multiplexed
among the the different channels
+
+
VBG
+
-
R
IDCS/100
AxR
Ilim
6.125*R1
VINT3V3
R1
IDCS
7.8*R2
MUX
VOFF_DCS
ADC MAIN
DCSx
R2
Vin
10bits
Vref
Vref = 2v5
10nF÷100nF
IREF_DCS
IPD_DCS
VGND = ± 1V
Vin
10bits
Vref
ADC IDCS
GAPGPS02288
The global SPI contains several bits to control and configure the interface. The SWOEN bit
is used to enable the output voltage on DCSx pins. The channel to be activated can be
chosen by accordingly setting CHID bits. The interface activation is started and switched off
upon user SPI command. Alternatively it could be configured via the
SYS_CFG(EN_AUTO_SWITCH_OFF) bit to automatically switch off as soon as the
measurement is complete, in case of current or resistance measurements; this would help
preventing thermal conditions. The interface would not auto-switched off in case of voltage
measurement, instead.
DS11615 Rev 3
195/286
285
DC sensor interface
L9680
The voltage and current for the selected channel are made available to the main ADC by
selecting the proper channel and enabling the measurement process by dedicated
DIAGCTRLx commands.
The device offers the capability to actively keep all the DCSx lines discharged by means of a
weak pull down. The pull down is active by default on all channels and it is deactivated in
either of the following cases:
1.
when the voltage source is active on the relevant channel
2.
when a voltage measurement is requested on the relevant channel
3.
if SPI bit SWCTRL(DCS_PD_CURR) is set (global pull-down disable for all channels)
In case of Hall-effect sensors, a single current measurement is processed. The current load
needed for regulating the pin is internally reflected to a reference resistance, whose voltage
drop is then measured through the internal ADC converter.
When resistive or switch sensors are used, a more complex measurement is performed. In
a first step the current information as above described is provided. Then, also the
information on the voltage level achieved on the output pin is provided via ADC. By
processing these two values, the micro-controller can understand the resistive value. The
DCSx voltage is internally rescaled by a voltage divider into the ADC converter voltage
range as shown in Figure 48. Additionally a positive voltage offset is internally applied to the
scaled voltage in order to allow voltage measurement capability for DCSx down to -1V.
In order to get accurate resistive information even in case of an external ground voltage shift
on the sensor of up to +/-1V, the voltage measurement step actually needs two DCSx
voltage measurements. A first voltage measurement has to be done with selection of 6.25V
on the output channel and a second one with the regulator switched off. The difference
between the two measurements will cancel out the offsets (both external ground shift and
internal offset).
The DCSx current and voltage can be retrieved from ADC readings according to the
following formulas and related parameters specified in the Electrical Characteristics section.
I REF_DCS
I DCSx = 100 -------------------------- DIAGCTRLn ADCRESn @DIAGCTRL(ADCREQn = $04
ADC RES
2
ADC REF_hi
V DCSx = RATIO VDCSx ------------------------------- DIAGCTRLn ADCRESn – V OFF_DCSx –
ADC
RES
2
– VOFF_DCSx · (RATIOVDCSx –1) @DIAGCTRLn(ADCREQn) = $03
The DCSx sensor resistance can be calculated according to the following formula:
V DCSx @(SWCTRL(SWOEN)=1 – V DCSx @(SWCTRL(SWOEN)=0
V DCSx
R sensor = --------------------- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x
I DCSx
I DCSx
@SWCTRL(CHID) = x
The device provides also the capability of a cross link check between outputs, in order to
reveal conditions where two output channels are in short. This functionality is allowed by
enabling one output channel, while asking for voltage measurement on any of the other
ones.
196/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
DC sensor interface
Each output is protected against
Overload conditions by current limit
Ground offset between the ECU and the loads of up to ±1 V.
Loss of ECU battery
Loss of ground
Unpowered shorts to battery
Shorts to ground
Passenger inhibit interface
L9680 provides a feature to deactivate passenger restraint devices based on a
preprogrammed mask. It generates a signal (PSINHINT) based on microcontroller-initiated
measurements performed on DC Sensor channel 0. The PSINHINT signal is bitwise ANDed with the LOOP_MATRIX_PSINH mask register, allowing selective deactivation of
squib/pyroswitch loops independent of microcontroller control. This signal is also inverted
and output on the PSINHB pin of the IC to activate externally controlled squib/pyroswitch
loops.
Figure 50. Passenger inhibit logic diagram
SWCTRL(CHID) = ‘0000’
SYS_CFG(DCS_PAD_V)
ADCREQ_y[6:0] = DCSx_I
ADCREQ_y[6:0] = DCSx_V
SAFING state
DCS0 ON
NEWDATA_y
ADCRES_y[9:0]
In window
PADTHRESH_HI
PADTHRESH_LO
Down CTR
+
_
SET
to 1s
+
_
11.1
SSM RESET
PSINH_POL
0: Outside window inh
1: Inside window inh
DEP_DISABLED state
CLR
EN
250Hz
PSINHINT
DIAG state
DSTEST(PSINH)
0
1
PSINHB
PSINHSEL
GAPGPS02289
An upper and lower threshold is preprogrammed via SPI by writing the desired 10-bits
values into the PADTHRESH_HI and PADTHRESH_LO registers during the Diag state.
These thresholds define the measurement window where the passenger restraints are
active. Any measurement outside this window will result in the assertion of the PSINHINT
signal (as described below), thereby deactivating the squib/pyroswitch loops identified in the
PSINH mask. The PSINH mask is also preprogrammed during the Diag state.
DS11615 Rev 3
197/286
285
DC sensor interface
L9680
Another control (DCS_PAD_V bit in SYS_CFG register) is preprogrammed to select either a
voltage measurement or a current measurement on DCS0 for this purpose.
The automated control of the PSINHINT signal occurs when the microcontroller runs
diagnostic testing of the DCS0 interface. A 1 second timer is included to ensure the
diagnostic test is run periodically. When the timer expires (down-counts to 0), the PSINHINT
signal is asserted. When the measurement of the DCS0 voltage or DCS current (as selected
by the DCS_PAD_V bit) is taken, and the value falls within the preprogrammed window, the
timer will be reloaded. If the measurement is outside the window, the timer will not be
reloaded, and it will continue to count down until it expires, resulting in activation of
PSINHINT. For testing purposes, the PSINHINT can be controlled directly via SPI while in
DIAG state using the Diag State Test Selection (DSTEST) register.
198/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
12
Safing logic
12.1
Safing logic overview
The integrated safing logic uses data from on-board and remote locations by decoding the
various SPI communications between the interfaces and the main microcontroller. The
safing logic has several programmable features enabling its ability to decode SPI
transmissions and can process data from up to 16 sensors. The operating mode involves
simple symmetrical data threshold comparisons, with the use of symmetrical or
asymmetrical counters. A high level diagram is shown in the figure below. Please note that
this top-level diagram is simplified, and references more detailed flowcharts to show a)
message decoding, b) valid data limits, c) effects of the 'combine' function, d) comparison to
thresholds and arming, and e) the setting of the 'compare complete bit. Four independent
arming outputs, ARM1INT, ARM2INT, ARM3INT and ARM4INT, are also mapped internally
to any of the integrated squib/pyroswitch drivers.
Figure 51. Top level safing engine flow chart
DCUIC Safing Logic
Top Level
START
N
SPI_MSG
Received?
Y
CS_G &
SPI_SAF_CC
Read?
Y
N
Checks whether request and response
are good for each 16-bit safing record,
taking into account IF bit. Determines
DATA taking into account SPIFLDSEL
bit
Checks whether request and response
are good for each 32-bit safing record,
taking into account IF bit.
Updates event counters
if no data received,
clears CC bits,
A
G
MSGDEC16
CC_READ
B
H
set ARM1INT and
ARM2INT, manage dwell
timers
B
ARMING
MSGDEC32
C
C
Checks whether data is within range if
configured
VALDAT
D
Converts data to be compared into
combined data (sum and difference) if
configured
D
COMBINE
E
E
Compare DATA to thresholds , update
event counters
COMPARE
F
GAPGPS02290
DS11615 Rev 3
199/286
285
Safing logic
12.2
L9680
SPI sensor data decoding
Sensor data is regularly communicated with the main microcontroller through multiple SPI
messages. The L9680 monitors SPI traffic on MISO_RS bus. Since not all communications
between sensors and the microcontroller contain data, it is important for the decoder to
properly sort the communications and extract only the targeted data. The solution involves
defining specific masking functions, contained within independent safing records,
programmed by the user. The following figures detail the SPI message decoding methodology
and the ensuing comparisons of valid sensor data to the programmed thresholds.
Figure 52. Safing engine – 32-bit message decoding flow chart
i = Safing Record index:
1: SR1
2: SR2
3: SR3
4: SR4
A
MSGDEC32
i=1
EN_SAF(i)
= 1?
N
Y
N
CC[i] = 0?
Y
CS[i] =
cs_active?
N
Y
IF[i] = 1?
N
req_ok[i]
= 1?
Y
N
Y
SPIFLDSEL[i]?
2nd16
SPIFLDSEL[i]?
1st16
1st16
N
2nd16
RESPTARG[i]=
1st16[MISO]&
RESPMASK[i]
RESPTARG[i]=
2nd16[MISO]&
RESPMASK[i]
Y
match[i]=0
req_ok[i]=0
Y
dataresult[i] =
1st16[MISO] &
DATAMASK [i]
N
N
RESPTARG[i]=
2nd16[MISO]&
RESPMASK[i]
Y
Y
dataresult[i] =
1st16[MISO] &
DATAMASK [i]
dataresult[i] =
2nd[MISO] &
DATAMASK [i]
match[i]=0
RESPTARG[i]=
1st16[MISO]&
RESPMASK[i]
N
match[i]=0
req_ok[i]=0
dataresult[i] =
2nd[MISO] &
DATAMASK [i]
match[i]=0
REQTARG[i]=
MS16[MOSI]&
REQMASK[i]?
match[i]=1
matchCC[i]=1
req_ok[i]=0
N
Y
match[i]=1
matchCC[i]=1
REQTARG[i]=
MS16[MOSI]&
REQMASK[i]?
match[i]=0
N
Y
i++
N
i = N?
req_ok[i]=1
N=5 (L9678)
N=10 (L9679)
N=14 (L9680)
B
Y
200/286
DS11615 Rev 3
req_ok[i]=0
Outputs to VALDAT function :
dataresult[i]
req_ok[i]
match[i]
GAPGPS02292
L9680
Safing logic
Figure 53. Safing engine – 16-bit Message decoding flow chart
B
i=10?
L9679 skips 16-bit
records 10-13
Y
N
i = Safing Record index:
1: SR1
2: SR2
3: SR3
4: SR4
i=14
MSGDEC16
i = N?
N=5 (L9678)
N=17 (L9679, L9680)
Y
N
C
EN_SAF(i)
= 1?
N
Y
N
CC[i] = 0?
Y
CS[i] =
cs_active?
N
Y
IF[i] = 1?
N
N
Y
req_ok[i]
= 1?
Y
req_ok[i]=0
RESPTARG[i]=
MISO &
RESPMASK[i]
RESPTARG[i]=
MISO &
RESPMASK[i]
N
Y
Y
dataresult[i] =
MISO &
DATAMASK [i]
Match[i]=1
dataresult[i] =
MISO &
DATAMASK [i]
REQTARG[i]=
MOSI &
REQMASK[i]?
REQTARG[i]=
MOSI &
REQMASK[i]?
N
Y
match[i]=1
N
match[i]=0
N
Y
match[i]=0
match[i]=0
req_ok[i]=1
req_ok[i]=0
Outputs to VALDAT function :
dataresult[i]
match[i]
i++
GAPG0911151501PS
DS11615 Rev 3
201/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Figure 54. Safing engine - Validate data flow chart
C
i = Safing Record index:
1: SR1
2: SR2
3: SR3
4: SR4
VALDAT
i=1
Match[i]=1 &
COMB[i]=0
Y
N
N
Checks for combinable
records.
Z=5, L9678
Z=9, L9679
Z=13, L9680
iL@
SAF_THRESH[i]
GDWDUHVXOW>L@
SAF_THRESH[i]
N
POS_COUNT[i]=
POS_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
POS_COUNT[i]=
POS_COUNT[i]
+ ADD_VAL
POS_COUNT[i]
< 0?
N
NO_DATA
= 1?
Y
Y
NEG_COUNT[i]=
NEG_COUNT[i]
+ ADD_VAL
N
NEG_COUNT[i]=
NEG_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
NEG_COUNT[i]
< 0?
Y
Y
POS_COUNT[i]=0
Y
N
POS_COUNT[i]=
POS_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
NEG_COUNT[i]=
NEG_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
NEG_COUNT[i]=0
NEG_COUNT[i]
< 0?
N
POS_COUNT[i]>
ARMP_TH?
NEG_COUNT[i]>
ARMN_TH?
N
N
NEG_COUNT[i] =
ARMN_TH
POS_COUNT[i]
< 0?
N
Y
NEG_COUNT[i]=0
Y
Y
POS_COUNT[i] =
ARMP_TH
NEG_COUNT[i]=0
POS_COUNT[i]=0
Y
POS_COUNT[i]=0
Match[i] = 0
valdat[i] = 0
i = i+1
Y
i = 14
N
i=10 &
L9679?
Y
N
N=5 (L9678)
N=17 (L9679)
N=17 (L9680)
i = N?
Y
F
GAPGPS02295
204/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
Figure 57. Safing engine - Compare complete
G
CC_READ
i=1
Y
CC[i]=1?
N
N
NO_DATA[i]
= 1?
Y
POS_COUNT[i]=
POS_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
NEG_COUNT[i]=
NEG_COUNT[i]
- SUB_VAL
NEG_COUNT[i]
< 0?
N
Y
NEG_COUNT[i]=0
POS_COUNT[i]
< 0?
N
NEG_COUNT[i]=0
Y
POS_COUNT[i]=0
POS_COUNT[i]=0
CC[i] = 0
valCC[i] = 0
matchCC[i] = 0
i++
Y
i=10 &
L9679?
Outputs:
CC[i]
match[i]
matchCC[i]
POS_COUNT[i]
NEG_COUNT[i]
N
i = 14
N
i = N?
N=5 (L9678)
N=17 (L9679)
N=17 (L9680)
Y
H
GAPGPS02296
DS11615 Rev 3
205/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Each safing record has SPI accessible registers defined in the SPI command tables and
summarized below:
Request Mask and Request Target - to understand what sensor the microcontroller is
addressing
Response Mask and Response Target - to identify the sensor response
Data Mask - to extract relevant sensor data from the response.
–
Sensor data is extracted as a bit-wise AND result of the SAF_DATA_MASKx and
monitored RS_MISO data. The configuration of the set bits of the DATAMASK
must be contiguous for both 16-bit and 32-bit records. The 32-bit records are
comprised of Part1 as MSW and Part2 as LSW.
–
The extracted data is then right justified into a 16/32 bit register for 16/32 bit safing
records, respectively, prior to further processing steps which assume data is
signed should be "using two's complement representation".
Safing Threshold - specific value that sets the comparator limit for successful arming
Control:
–
IF, In Frame - to indicate serial data response is ‘in frame’. There are two types of
potential serial data responses, ‘in frame’ and ‘out of frame’.
–
CS - to align safing record with a specific SPI CS. The device contains 5 SPI CS
inputs for the safing function (CS_RS, SAF_CSx)
–
ARM - there are four internal arming signals, each active record is assigned or
mapped to any arming signal. Several safing records can be mapped to a single
arming output. ARMx outputs can be enabled also simultaneously.
–
Dwell - Once an arming condition is detected, the safing record remains armed for
the specified dwell time.
–
Comb (Combined Data) - specific solution for dual axis high-g sensors specifically
oriented off-axis.
–
LimEn (Limit Enable) - to enable PSI5 out-of-range control.
–
LimSel (Limit Select) - to select PSI5 out-of-range thresholds between 8-bit and
10-bit protocol.
–
SPIFLDSEL (SPI Field Select) - to determine which 16-bit field in long SPI
messages (>31 bit) to use for response on MISO of SPI monitor. Don't care for
messages less than 32 bits.
If input packet matches multiple safing records, the safing engine should process all of them
and treat them independently.
Safing record can only be evaluated on the first matching input packet. Any further data
packet matches are ignored (i.e. once CC is set, record can't be processed until CC is
cleared)
The En (Record Enable) bit for any record is programmable as on or off at any time and will
enable/disable the record itself upon the following SATSYNC.
All CC bits are available in one register (SAF_CC) for access in one single SPI read. After
ARMing is achieved and CC is set, no further messages are considered until CC is cleared
via read.
Safing Engine must not process sensor data in any state but Safing state (refer to
Figure 11).
All safing records are cleared on SSM RESET.
206/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
Comb (Combined Data) bit allows combining X and Y for off-axis oriented sensors. In this
case, it is typical for such orientations to add or subtract the sensor response to translate the
sensor signal to an on-axis response. Only couples of 16-bit long records have this feature
(i.e. 1&2, 3&4, 5&6, 7&8, 9&10, 11&12).
Records are added and subtracted and results compare against two thresholds. Safing
engine will process data as follows:
Use record(n) and record(n+1), where n = 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11.
The matching inputs used for math combinations are processed only after both are
captured.
The sum of the two matching inputs will be compared to the threshold of record(n).
The difference of the two records will be compared to the threshold of record(n+1).
If the Comb feature was enabled on only one of the two records in a couple, math
would be performed only on it as shown in Figure 56
Example of Combine Function operation:
Table 14. Example of combine function operation
Record #
Combine
Bit
Data
Resulting value
Record
Threshold
ARMSELx
Configuration
ARMINTx
Result
All items in the safing records, except En(Record Enable) bit, can be configured only in Diag
state (refer to Figure 11). Additionally, the global bit to select internal or external safing
engine is set in Init state.
12.3
In-frame and out-of-frame responses
Some sensors will communicate data within the current communication frame while others
will send data on the next communication frame. Sometimes this is sensor specific and
sometimes this is due to the amount of data to be transmitted. A simplified diagram shows
the basic communication differences of in and out of frame responses.
In-frame example:
DS11615 Rev 3
207/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Figure 58. In-frame example
MOSI
Request n
MISO
Status
Unused
Response n
GAPGPS01143
At least one bit needed to allow for synchronization between clock domains (SPI clock and
system clock).
Out-of-frame example:
Figure 59. Out-of-frame example
MOSI
Request n
Request n+1
MISO
Request n-1
Response n
GAPGPS01144
Synchronization between clock domains relies upon inter-frame gap.
12.4
Safing state machine operation
State machine operation is disabled when the safing state machine reset signal is active as
described in the power supply diagnostics and controls section of this document. The
outputs of the state machine are ARMxREQ. As previously stated, there is a maximum of 16
safing records available to the state machine. Inputs to the safety state machine are
programmed safing records and sensor data. The configuration of the state machine is
common to all sensors.
12.4.1
Simple threshold comparison operation
In this mode, sensor data received through the sensor SPI interface and validated by the
safing record is passed to the safing algorithm. The simple threshold comparison algorithm
compares the received data to two thresholds, SAF_TH (positive threshold) and (-SAF_TH)
(negative threshold). If the sensor data is greater than SAF_TH or is less than (-SAF_TH)
then and event is flagged and the event counter is incremented based on the programmed
value of ADD_VAL. If sensor data does not trigger the SAF_TH comparators, the counter is
decremented by SUB_VAL. SUB_VAL is programmed by the user and can be same or
different than ADD_VAL. This feature allows for an asymmetrical counter function making
the system either more or less sensitive to sensor data. Since sensor data can indicate a
positive or negative event, the algorithm maintains separate event counters, POS_COUNT
and NEG_COUNT. ADD_VAL and SUB_VAL programmed values are the same for both
event counters.
On each sensor sample, the event counters, POS_COUNT and NEG_COUNT, are updated
based on the SAF_TH comparators. Likewise, each event counter is compared with a
corresponding arming threshold. In this case, POS_COUNT value is compared to
ARMP_TH and NEG_COUNT to ARMN_TH. ARMP_TH and ARMN_TH are programmable
thresholds set by the user. The compared result will set ARMP and ARMN to either ‘1’ or ‘0’
depending on the comparison status. If ARMP_TH or ARMN_TH are set to 0, the arming will
be activated immediately entering in safing state.
208/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
POS_COUNT and NEG_COUNT are not updated if microcontroller stops reading SAF_CC
bits (this must be avoided otherwise ARMING set and reset will not be possible).
By way of the assignment of the ADD_VAL, SUB_VAL, ARMP_TH and ARMN_TH settings,
the safing engine can be configured to assert arming for either a simple accumulation of
COUNTs in a non-consecutive manner, or it could be set to require some number of
consecutive samples.
12.5
Safing engine output logic (ARMxINT)
SPI messages are monitored and mapped to specific safing records. Each safing record is
configured with its own threshold, dwell time and the appropriate ARMxINT signal to
activate if safing criteria are met.
Any enabled safing record can be programmed to an arming signal. All safing records
arming status is logically ‘OR'd’ to its programmed arming signal. For example, if safing
records 1, 2, 4 are programmed to ARMINT1 and the records are enabled, any of the
records can set the ARMINT1 signal. Configuration of safing record mapping to ARMxINT
signals is specified in the in the SAF_CONTROL_x register (refer to Table 67).
While in Diag state, L9680 allows diagnostics of the squib/pyroswitch driver HS and LS
FETs, ARM pins, VSF output and firing timers. The ARM and VSF output tests are mutually
exclusive.
For safety purposes, the safing logic circuitry is physically separated from the circuitry that
contains the deployment logic.
DS11615 Rev 3
209/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Figure 60. Safing engine arming flow diagram
START
i=1
POS_COUNT[i]
>= ARMP_TH?
N
NEG_COUNT[i]
>= ARMN_TH?
Y
N
ARMP = 0
Y
ARMP = 1
ARMN = 1
ARMSEL[i] =
00, 01, or 11?
ARMSEL[i] =
00, 10, or 11?
Y
ARMN = 0
N
Y
N
TIMER_CNTx is a 10 bit
down counter always
running at 2ms
N
ARM1[i]=1 &
TIMER_CNT1<
DWELL[i]
ARM2[i]=1 &
TIMER_CNT2<
DWELL[i]
N
TIMER_CNTx control
extends to 4 for high/mid
Y
Y
TIMER_CNT1=
DWELL[i]
TIMER_CNT2=
DWELL[i]
i++
TIMER_CNT1
> 0?
N
i = N?
N
TIMER_CNT2
> 0?
Y
ARM1INT=1
N
ARMxINT control extends
to 4 for high/mid
Y
ARM1INT=0
ARM2INT=1
ARM2INT=0
Y
N=5 (L9678)
N=13 (L9679)
N=17 (L9680)
GAPGPS02297
210/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
Figure 61. Safing engine diagnostic logic
SCLK_RS
MOSI_RS
MISO_RS
CS_RS
SAF_CS0
SAF_CS1
SAF_CS2
SAF_CS3
SPI Decode /
Threshold
Compare
Pulse
Stretch
DS_TEST(VSF)
DIAG STATE
ARM1REQ
DSTEST(ARM1)
DSTEST(PULSE)
PULSE_TEST1
PULSE_TEST12
ARM2REQ
DSTEST(ARM2)
ARM3REQ
DSTEST(ARM3)
ARM4REQ
DSTEST(ARM4)
ARMING STATE
GAPGPS02298
A configurable mask for each internal ARMxINT signal is available for all of the integrated
deployment loops. The un-masked ARMxINT signal for each loop will enable the respective
loop drivers.
Activation of VSF (regulation rail for High Side Safing FET) occurs upon ARMxINT. Actual
High Side Safing FET activation still requires microcontroller signal.
L9680 is able to provide arming signals to external deployment loops by means of four
discrete output ARMx pins.
DS11615 Rev 3
211/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Figure 62. ARMx input/output control logic
SSM_RESET
WD2_LOCKOUT
WD1_RUN
WD1_LOCKOUT
WD1_OVERRIDE
Pulse test PT_x state=1
(x = WAIT or 1..12)
ARM1INT
ARM1REQ
0
1
ARM1
ARM2INT
ARM2REQ
Safing
Engine
0
1
ARM2
ARM3INT
ARM3REQ
0
1
ARM3
ARM4INT
ARM4REQ
0
1
ARM4
SAFESEL
GAPGPS02299
12.5.1
Arming pulse stretch
Upon a valid command processed by the safing logic, the Dwell bit to stretch the arming
time assertion (dwell time) applies to each safing record and is used to help safe the
deployment sequence to avoid undesired behaviour.
Once dwell time has started, it will continue, regardless of the En (Record Enable) bit. Dwell
will be truncated in case of SSM reset. Dwell values in the safing records are transferred to
the ARMx signals. A dedicated counter is designed for each ARMx output pin. If different
dwell values are assigned to the same ARMx, the longer value is used. Dwell times can only
be extended, not reduced. If the remaining dwell time is less than the new dwell extension
setting, the new setting will be loaded into the dwell counter.
Dwell times are user programmable.
The behaviour of the pulse stretch timer is shown below.
212/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
Figure 63. Pulse stretch timer example
Arming Safing Logic
Processed result
Arming Enable
Pulse Stretch
Pulse Stretch Time
Less Than Pulse
Stretch Time
Pulse Stretch
Time
GAPGPS01148
The Arming Enable Pulse Stretch Timer status is available in the AEPSTS register.
12.6
Additional communication line
The ACL pin is the Additional Communication Line input that provides a means of safely
activating the arming outputs (ARMx and VSF) for disposal of restraints devices at the end
of vehicle life.
The handshake sequence for activating the Arming outputs is illustrated in Figure 64. The
strategy involves generation of a seed value from within the L9680 device using a freerunning 8-bit counter running at fSCRAP_SEED rate, where it can be read by the
microcontroller. The microcontroller uses it to generate an 8-bit key value. When the seed
value is read (SPI SCRAP_SEED command), L9680 also freezes the seed value and
computes its own key, which is used for comparison to the key subsequently submitted by
the microcontroller. The key value is submitted by the microcontroller using the
SCRAP_KEY command, and successful reception of this command with a key value
matching the internally calculated key allows the successful completion of the first
handshake. After that, in case a second handshake (seed-key) completes successfully and
if a valid ACL is detected (as described below) the L9680 transitions from Scrap state to
Arming state. To remain in Arming state the microcontroller must periodically refresh L9680
with the SCRAP_KEY command containing the correct key value in the data field of the
command, and L9680 must also receive the correct ACL signal. This must occur before the
scrap timeout timer expires (TSCRAP_TIMEOUT). The scrap key is derived from the seed
value using a simple logical inversion on the even-numbered bits (0, 2, 4, 6). From a logical
standpoint, this is equivalent to a bit-wise XOR of the seed value with 0x55.
While the SSM is in Arming state, the arming outputs are asserted (ARMx=1, VSF on). If the
periodic scrap key is incorrect, or not received before the timeout expires, or the ACL is not
correctly received, the SSM reverts back to the Scrap state, and the arming outputs are
deactivated.
DS11615 Rev 3
213/286
285
Safing logic
L9680
Figure 64. Scrap SEED-KEY state diagram
SSM_RESET OR
NOT (SCRAP state OR ARMING state) /
SCRAPINIT
valid_scrap=0
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
wrong SPI_SCRAP_KEY /
SCRAPTMR>TScrap_timeout
OR (wrong SPI_SCRAP_KEY) /
FIRST SEED
valid_scrap=0
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
SPI_SCRAP_KEY=targkey /
SCRAPTMR=0
FIRST KEY
valid_scrap=0
SPI_SCRAP_KEY=targkey /
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
SECOND SEED
valid_scrap=0
SPI_SCRAP_KEY=targkey /
SCRAPTMR=0
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
SPI_SCRAP_KEY=targkey /
KEY
valid_scrap=1
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
SPI_SCRAP_KEY=targkey /
SCRAPTMR=0
SEED
valid_scrap=1
SPI_SCRAP_SEED /
SEED=SEEDCTR
Targkey=fn(SEED)
GAPGPS02300
Figure 65. Scrap ACL state diagram
SSM_RESET OR
((NOT SCRAP state) AND (NOT ARMING state)) /
ACLGOOD=0
ACLBAD=0
ACLTMR=0
Rising edge /
ACLTMR= 0
ACLGOOD=0
ACLBAD++
ACLTMR > Tacl_lo
& rising edge /
ACLGOOD++
ACLBAD=0
ACLTMR=0
ACLHIGH
Falling edge &
ACLTMR > Ton_acl_lo /
ACLTMR > Ton_acl_hi OR
Falling edge & ACLTIMER
< Ton_acl_lo /
Rising edge OR
ACLTMR > Tacl_hi /
ACLTMR=0
ACLGOOD=0
ACLBAD++
ACLLOW
ACLTMR > Tacl_hi /
ACLGOOD=0
ACLBAD++
ACLTMR=0
ACLERROR
GAPGPS02301
214/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Safing logic
A specific waveform needs to be present on ACL input in order to instruct L9680 to arm all
deployment loops. L9680 is designed to support the Additional Communication Line (ACL)
aspect of the ISO-26021 standard, which requires an independent hardwired signal (ACL) to
implement the scrapping feature. The disposal signal may come from either the vehicle's
service connector, or the systems main microcontroller, depending on the end customer's
requirements.
The arming function monitors the disposal PWM input (ACL pin) for a command to arm all
loops for vehicle end-of-life. The disposal signal characteristic is shown in Figure 66. To
remain in Arming state, at least three cycles of the ACL signal must be qualified (in addition
to the periodic KEY value being received from the microcontroller). For the device to qualify
the periodic ACL signal, the period and duty cycle are checked. Two consecutive cycles of
invalid disposal signal are to be received to disqualify the ACL signal.
If the logic detects that the signal is incorrect or missing while in Scrap state, the device will
stay in Scrap state; would it happen in Arming state, it will transition to Scrap state
immediately.
Figure 66. Disposal PWM signal
Cycle time
On time
GAPGPS01149
The disposal PWM signal cycle time and on time parameters can be found in the electrical
parameters tables.
DS11615 Rev 3
215/286
285
General purpose output (GPO) drivers
13
L9680
General purpose output (GPO) drivers
The L9680 contains three General Purpose Output (GPO) drivers configurable either as
high-side or low-side modes. The drivers can be independently controlled in ON-OFF mode
or in PWM mode setting the desired duty cycle value through the GPO Control Register
(GPOCTRLx).
For low side driver configuration, the GPODx pin is the drain connection of an internal
MOSFET and is the current sink for the output driver. The GPOSx pin is the source
connection of the internal MOSFET and is externally connected to ground. For high side
driver configuration, the GPODx pin will be connected to battery and GPOSx pin will be
connected to load's high side.
Figure 67. GPO driver and diagnostic block diagram
GPOFLTSR(GPOxDISABLE)
GPOCR(GPOxLS)
SSM_RESET
R
GPOFLTSR(GPOxSHORT)
GPOFLTSR(GPOxTEMP)
PWM CTL
GPOCR(GPOxLS)
EN
ON
ERBOOST_OK
VOUT_GPOx_OL
PWM_CLK
(8kHz / 125μs)
IOFF
6
GPOCTRLx[5:0]
CTL
S
IOFF > ISRC_TH
S
IOFF < -ISINK_TH_x
SPI(WID=‘GPOCR’)
GPOFLTSR(GPOxOFFOPN)
R
1
0
GPODx
IDS
OUT
IDS > IOC_GPO
IDS < IOL_GPO
GPOSx
S
GPOFLTSR(GPOxONOPN)
R
S
GPOFLTSR(GPOxOC)
SPI(RID=‘GPOFLTSR’)
R
SSM_RESET
GAPGPS02302
The drivers are configured in one of the two modes through the GPO Configuration Register
(GPOCR) register. This hardware configuration is only allowed during the Init and Diag
states.
When configured as high-side, the drivers need ER Boost voltage to be above the
VERBST_OK threshold to be enabled.
The default state of all drivers is off. The drivers can be independently activated via SPI
control bits on GPO Control Register (GPOCTRLx). In addition, a set point on the
GPOCTRLx will control the output drivers in PWM with a 125Hz frequency. If PWM control is
desired, user should set the needed set point in the GPOxPWM bits of the GPOCTRLx
while activating the interface. When all bits are set to '0', the GPOx output will be disabled.
216/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
General purpose output (GPO) drivers
PWM control is based on a 125Hz frequency. 6 bits of GPOCTRLx are reserved to this
mode, in order to control the drivers with 64 total levels from a 0% to a full 100% duty cycle.
When both GPO channels are used in PWM Mode at the same frequency they are
synchronized to provide parallel configuration capability.
PWM control is implemented through a careful slew rate control to mitigate EMC emissions
while operating the interface. The driver output structure is designed to stand -1V on its
terminals and a +1V reverse voltage across source and drain.
The GPO driver is protected against short circuits and thermal overload conditions. The
output driver contains diagnostics available in the GPO Fault Status Register (GPOFLTSR).
All faults except for thermal overload will be latched until the GPOFLTSR register is read.
Thermal overload faults will remain active after reading the GPOFLTSR register should the
temperature remain above the thermal fault condition. For current limit faults, the output
driver will operate in a linear mode (ILIM) until a thermal fault condition is detected.
Figure 68. GPO Over temperature logic
Over-temp Detect
S
S
R
GPOFLTSR(GPOxTEMP)
R
SPI(GPOCTRLx[5:0]=000000)
SSM_RESET
SPI(RID=‘GPOFLTSR’)
SSM_RESET
GAPGPS02303
The device offers also an open load diagnostics while in ON state. The diagnostics is run
comparing the current through the output stage with a reference threshold IOpenLoad: should
the output current be lower than the threshold, the open detection flag is asserted.
The device is also able to detect a fault condition during the OFF state by means of the
Voltage Regulator Current Monitor (VRCM) block. During the OFF state the VRCM block
tries to force a voltage VOUT_GPOx_OL (2.5 V) on GPOD pin if LS mode is selected (with a
current limitation of ILIM_GPOD_SRC/SINK) or on GPOS pin if the HS mode is selected (with a
current limitation of ILIM_GPOS_SRC/SINK) and, at the same, it compares the current sourced
or sunk in order to detect if a fault on GPO pins is present. The diagnostic in OFF state is
able to detect the open load in both HS and LS modes, the short to ground fault in LS mode
and the short to battery fault in HS mode:
Table 15. Short to ground fault in LS mode
LS MODE
GPOxSHORT GPOxOFFOPN
Interpretation
IOFF > ISRC_TH
1
0
Short to ground
- ISINK_TH_LS < IOFF < ISRC_TH
0
1
Open
IOFF < - ISINK_TH_LS
0
0
Normal
DS11615 Rev 3
217/286
285
General purpose output (GPO) drivers
L9680
Table 16. Short to battery fault in HS mode
HS MODE
GPOxSHORT GPOxOFFOPN
218/286
Interpretation
IOFF > ISRC_TH
0
0
Normal
- ISINK_TH_HS < IOFF < ISRC_TH
0
1
Open
IOFF < - ISINK_TH_HS
1
0
Short to battery
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
14
System voltage diagnostics
System voltage diagnostics
L9680 has an integrated dedicated circuitry to provide diagnostic feedback and processing
of several inputs. These inputs are addressed with an internal analog multiplexer and made
available through the SPI digital interface with the Diagnostic Data commands. In order to
avoid saturation of high voltage internal signals, an internal voltage divider is used.
Figure 69. ADC MUX
GAPG2104161155PS
The diagnostics circuitry is activated by four SPI Diagnostics Control commands
(DIAGCTRLx); each of them can address all the available nodes to be monitored, except for
what mentioned in Table 17.
DIAGCTRLx SPI command bit fields are structured in the following way:
DIAGCTRL_A (ADDRESS HEX 3A)
19
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
MOSI
MISO NEWDATA_A
x
0
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
ADCREQ_A[6:0]
DS11615 Rev 3
x
x
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADCREQ_A[6:0]
ADCRES_A[9:0]
219/286
285
System voltage diagnostics
L9680
DIAGCTRL_B (ADDRESS HEX 3B)
19
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
MOSI
MISO
x
NEWDATA_B
0
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
6
5
x
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
ADCREQ_B [6:0]
ADCREQ_B [6:0]
ADCRES_B [9:0]
DIAGCTRL_C (ADDRESS HEX 3C)
19
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
x
MOSI
MISO NEWDATA_C
0
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
6
5
x
4
3
2
ADCREQ_C [6:0]
ADCREQ_C [6:0]
ADCRES_C [9:0]
DIAGCTRL_D (ADDRESS HEX 3D)
19
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
x
MOSI
MISO NEWDATA_D
0
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
ADCREQ_D [6:0]
x
x
6
5
4
3
2
ADCREQ_D [6:0]
ADCRES_D [9:0]
ADCREQ[A-D] bit fields, used to address the different measurements offered, are listed in
Table 17 for reference.
L9680 diagnostics is structured to take four automatic conversions at a time. In order to get
four measurements, four different SPI commands have to be sent (DIAGCTRL_A,
DIAGCTRL_B, DIAGCTRL_C and DIAGCTRL_D), in no particular order.
In case the voltage to be measured is not immediately available, the desired inputs for
conversion have to be programmed by SPI in advance, to allow them to attain a stable
voltage value. This case applies to the squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement and
diagnostics (refer to Loop diagnostics control and results registers) and to the DC sensor
measurement (refer to Section 11).
CONVRDY_0 bit in GSW is equal to (NEWDATA_A or NEWDATA_B), while CONVRDY_1
bit in GSW corresponds to (NEWDATA_C or NEWDATA_D).
Each NEWDATAx flag is asserted when conversion is finished and cleared when result is
read out. However result is cleared only when new result for that register is available.
When a new request is received it is queued if other conversions are ongoing. The
conversions are executed in the same order as their request arrived. The queue is 4
measures long so it's possible to send all 4 requests at the same time and then wait for the
results. If a DIAGCTLRx command is received twice, the second conversion request will
overwrite the previous one.
Requests are sent to the L9680 IC via the ADC measurement Registers (ADCREQx) as
shown in Table 17. All diagnostics results are available on the ADCRESx registers, when
addressed by the related ADCREQx register (e.g. data requested by ADCREQA would be
written to ADCRESA).
220/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
System voltage diagnostics
Table 17. Diagnostics control register (DIAGCTRLx)
ADC Request (ADCREQx)
ADC Results (ADCRESx)
Voltage Measurement Selection
Bit[6:0]
Hex
Bit[9:0]
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
$00
Unused
0 0
0
0
0
0
1
$01
ADC ground reference
VADC_GROUND
0 0
0
0
0
1
0
$02
ADC Test Pattern 2
VADC_FULLSCALE
0 0
0
0
0
1
1
$03
DC Sensor ch. selected, Voltage
DCSV_selected
0 0
0
0
1
0
0
$04
DC Sensor ch. selected, Current
DCSI_selected
(1)
0 0
0
0
1
0
1
$05
DC Sensor ch. selected, Resistance
DCSV and DCSI selected
0 0
0
0
1
1
0
$06
Squib/pyroswitch measurement loop
selected
Voutx
0 0
0
0
1
1
1
$07
Internal reference Voltage
VBGR
0 0
0
1
0
0
0
$08
Internal reference monitor Voltage
VBGM
0 0
0
1
0
0
1
$09
VCOREMON voltage
VCOREMON
0 0
0
1
0
1
0
$0A
Temperature Measurement
TEMP
0 0
0
1
0
1
1
$0B
DC Sensor ch 0, Voltage
DCSV_0
0 0
0
1
1
0
0
$0C
DC Sensor ch 1, Voltage
DCSV_1
0 0
0
1
1
0
1
$0D
DC Sensor ch 2, Voltage
DCSV_2
0 0
0
1
1
1
0
$0E
DC Sensor ch 3, Voltage
DCSV_3
0 0
0
1
1
1
1
$0F
DC Sensor ch 4, Voltage
DCSV_4
0 0
1
0
0
0
0
$10
DC Sensor ch 5, Voltage
DCSV_5
0 0
1
0
0
0
1
$11
DC Sensor ch 6, Voltage
DCSV_6
0 0
1
0
0
1
0
$12
DC Sensor ch 7, Voltage
DCSV_7
0 0
1
0
0
1
1
$13
DC Sensor ch 8, Voltage
0 0
0 0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
$14
$15
DCSV_8
(2)
VB
VA voltage of ER ESR
measure(2)
VA
measure(2)
VC
VB voltage of ER ESR measure
0 0
1
0
1
1
0
$16
VC voltage of ER ESR
0 0
1
0
1
1
1
$17
Unused
0 0
1
1
0
0
0
$18
Unused
0 0
1
1
0
0
1
$19
Unused
0 0
1
1
0
1
0
$1A
Unused
0 0
1
1
0
1
1
$1B
Unused
0 0
1
1
1
0
0
$1C
Unused
0 0
1
1
1
0
1
$1D
Unused
0 0
1
1
1
1
0
$1E
Unused
0 0
1
1
1
1
1
$1F
Unused
0 1
0
0
0
0
0
$20
VBATMON pin voltage
DS11615 Rev 3
VBATMON
221/286
285
System voltage diagnostics
L9680
Table 17. Diagnostics control register (DIAGCTRLx) (continued)
ADC Request (ADCREQx)
ADC Results (ADCRESx)
Voltage Measurement Selection
Bit[6:0]
Hex
Bit[9:0]
0 1
0
0
0
0
1
$21
VIN pin voltage
VIN
0 1
0
0
0
1
0
$22
Internal analog supply voltage (VINT3V3)
VINT3V3
0 1
0
0
0
1
1
$23
Internal digital supply voltage (CVDD)
CVDD
0 1
0
0
1
0
0
$24
ERBOOST pin voltage
ERBOOST
0 1
0
0
1
0
1
$25
SYNCBOOST pin voltage
SYNCBOOST
0 1
0
0
1
1
0
$26
VER pin voltage
VER
0 1
0
0
1
1
1
$27
SATBUCK voltage
SATBUCK
0 1
0
1
0
0
0
$28
VCC voltage
VCC
0 1
0
1
0
0
1
$29
WAKEUP pin voltage
WAKEUP
0 1
0
1
0
1
0
$2A
VSF pin voltage
VSF
0 1
0
1
0
1
1
$2B
WDTDIS pin voltage
WDTDIS
0 1
0
1
1
0
0
$2C
GPOD0 pin voltage
GPOD0
0 1
0
1
1
0
1
$2D
GPOS0 pin voltage
GPOS0
0 1
0
1
1
1
0
$2E
GPOD1 pin voltage
GPOD1
0 1
0
1
1
1
1
$2F
GPOS1 pin voltage
GPOS1
0 1
1
0
0
0
0
$30
GPOD2 pin voltage
GPOD2
0 1
1
0
0
0
1
$31
GPOS2 pin voltage
GPOS2
0 1
1
0
0
1
0
$32
RSU0 pin Voltage
RSU0
0 1
1
0
0
1
1
$33
RSU1 pin Voltage
RSU1
0 1
1
0
1
0
0
$34
RSU2 pin Voltage
RSU2
0 1
1
0
1
0
1
$35
RSU3 pin Voltage
RSU3
0 1
1
0
1
1
0
$36
SS0 pin voltage
SS0
0 1
1
0
1
1
1
$37
SS1 pin voltage
SS1
0 1
1
1
0
0
0
$38
SS2 pin voltage
SS2
0 1
1
1
0
0
1
$39
SS3 pin voltage
SS3
0 1
1
1
0
1
0
$3A
SS4 pin voltage
SS4
0 1
1
1
0
1
1
$3B
SS5 pin voltage
SS5
0 1
1
1
1
0
0
$3C
SS6 pin voltage
SS6
0 1
1
1
1
0
1
$3D
SS7 pin voltage
SS7
0 1
1
1
1
1
0
$3E
SS8 pin voltage
SS8
0 1
1
1
1
1
1
$3F
SS9 pin voltage
SS9
1 0
0
0
0
0
0
$40
SSA pin voltage
SSA
1 0
0
0
0
0
1
$41
SSB pin voltage
SSB
222/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
System voltage diagnostics
Table 17. Diagnostics control register (DIAGCTRLx) (continued)
ADC Request (ADCREQx)
ADC Results (ADCRESx)
Voltage Measurement Selection
Bit[6:0]
Hex
Bit[9:0]
1 0
0
0
0
1
0
$42
Unused
-
1 0
0
0
0
1
1
$43
Unused
-
1 0
0
0
1
0
0
$44
Unused
-
1 0
0
0
1
0
1
$45
Unused
-
1 0
0
0
1
1
0
$46
SF0 pin voltage
SF0
1 0
0
0
1
1
1
$47
SF1 pin voltage
SF1
1 0
0
1
0
0
0
$48
SF2 pin voltage
SF2
1 0
0
1
0
0
1
$49
SF3 pin voltage
SF3
1 0
0
1
0
1
0
$4A
SF4 pin voltage
SF4
1 0
0
1
0
1
1
$4B
SF5 pin voltage
SF5
1 0
0
1
1
0
0
$4C
SF6 pin voltage
SF6
1 0
0
1
1
0
1
$4D
SF7 pin voltage
SF7
1 0
0
1
1
1
0
$4E
SF8 pin voltage
SF8
1 0
0
1
1
1
1
$4F
SF9 pin voltage
SF9
1 0
1
0
0
0
0
$50
SFA pin voltage
SFA
1 0
1
0
0
0
1
$51
SFB pin voltage
SFB
1. The DC sensor resistance measurement can only be addressed through DIAGCRTL_A command. Results are available
through DIAGCTRL_A and DIAGCTRL_B, where ADCRES_A will contain DCSI and ADCRES_B will contain DCSV.
2. Valid only for ADCREQ_x field of MISO response when ESR measure results are available.
Proper scaling is necessary for various measurements. The divider ratios vary by
measurement and are summarized by function in the table below.
Table 18. Diagnostics divider ratios
Divider Ratio
Measurements
15:1
VER
X
ERBOOST
X
VSF
X
SSxy
X
SFx
X
10:1
GPODx
X
GPOSx
X
SYNCBOOST
X
VIN
X
DS11615 Rev 3
7:1
4:1
1:1
223/286
285
System voltage diagnostics
L9680
Table 18. Diagnostics divider ratios (continued)
Divider Ratio
Measurements
15:1
10:1
VBATMON
X
WAKEUP
X
7:1
SATBUCK
X
WDT/TM
X
RSUx
X
4:1
VCC
X
CVDD
X
VINT
X
1:1
VCOREMON
X
Bandgap (BGR/BGM)
X
For measurements other than voltage (current, resistance, temperature etc.) the ranges are
specified in the electrical parameters section of the relevant block.
14.1
Analog to digital algorithmic converter
The device hosts an integrated 10 bit Analog to Digital converter, running at a clock
frequency of 16 MHz. The ADC output is processed by a D to D converter with the following
functions:
Use of trimming bits to recover additional gain error due to resistor dividers mismatch;
Digital low-pass filtering;
Conversion from 12 to 10 bits.
10 bits data are filtered inside the digital section. The number of samples that are filtered
vary depending on the chosen conversion. As per Section 7.3.2, the number of used
samples in converting DC sensor, squib/pyroswitch or temperature measurements defaults
to 8. The number of samples for all other measurements defaults to 4. The sample number
can be configured by accessing the SYS_CFG register. After low pass filter, the residual
total error is ±4 LSB. This error figure applies to the case of a ideal reference voltage: the
spread of reference voltage causes a proportional error in the conversion output. The
reference voltage of the ADC is set to 2.5 V.
The conversion time is comprised of several factors: the number of measurements loaded
into the queue, the number of samples taken for any one measurement, and the various
settling times. An example of conversion time calculation for a full ADC request queue is
reported in Figure 70. The timings reported in Figure 70 are nominal ones, min/max values
can be obtained by considering the internal oscillator frequency variation reported in the DC
characteristics section.
224/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
System voltage diagnostics
Figure 70. ADC conversion time
DIAGCTRL_A
PreADC
S * T_SC
DIAGCTRL_B
IQ
S * T_SC
DIAGCTRL_C
IQ
S * T_SC
DIAGCTRL_D
IQ
S * T_SC
Post
ADC
Pre-ADC = Initial ADC Settling Time= 4.81us
S = # of Samples(default = 4 for voltage only measurements
)
T_SC = Single Sample Conversion Time= 2.25us
IQ = Intra-Queue Settling Time= 3.5us
Post-ADC = Final ADC Settling Time= 3.44us
GAPGPS01655
DS11615 Rev 3
225/286
285
Temperature sensor
15
L9680
Temperature sensor
The L9680 provides an internal analog temperature sensor. The sensor is aimed to have a
reference for the average junction temperature on silicon surface. The sensor is placed far
away from power dissipating stages and squib/pyroswitch deployment drivers. The output of
the temperature sensor is available via SPI through ADC conversion, as shown in Table 17.
The formula to calculate temperature from ADC reading is the following one:
ADC REF
220
T C = 180 – --------------- ------------------------ DIAGCTRLn ADCRESn – 0.739
1.652 ADC RES
2
@ DIAGCTRLn(ADCREQn) = 0Ahex
All parametric requirements for this block can be found in specification tables.
226/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
16
Applications
Applications
The main applications for this IC are two:
16.1
as advanced user configurable airbag IC
as pyro fuse manager IC
Application circuit
Figure 71. Application circuit
DS11615 Rev 3
227/286
285
Applications
16.2
L9680
BOM (Bill Of Materials)
The following table summarizes the suggested BOM for application shown on Figure 71.
Table 19. Bill Of Materials
Component
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Requirement
C1
-
100
-
nF
50 V
Input capacitor (unprotected battery)
C2
-
2.2
-
μF
50 V
Input capacitor (protected battery)
C3
-
2.2
15
μF
50 V
ER Boost input capacitor
C4
-
100
-
nF
50 V
ER Boost ceramic output capacitor
C5
-
100
-
μF
50 V
ER Boost electrolytic output capacitor
C6
-
10
-
nF
25 V
VBATMON capacitor
C7
-
100
-
nF
50 V
SYNC Boost input capacitor
C8
-
47
-
μF
35 V
SYNC Boost output capacitor
C9
-
100
-
nF
50 V
SAT Buck input capacitor
C10
-
47
-
μF
35 V
SAT Buck output capacitor
C11
-
100
-
nF
50 V
VCC Buck input capacitor
C12
-
47
-
μF
16 V
VCC Buck output capacitor
C13
2.2
-
4.7
mF
35 V
ER capacitor
C14
-
10
-
nF
25 V
VSF capacitor (near device)
C15
-
10
-
nF
25 V
VSF capacitor (near Safing FET gate)
C16
-
100
-
nF
50 V
Safing FET output capacitor
C17, C18,
C19, C20,
C21, C22
-
10
-
nF
25 V
SSxy capacitor
C23, C24,
C25, C26,
C27, C28,
C29, C30,
C31, C32,
C33, C34
-
22
-
nF
25 V
SFx capacitor
C35, C36,
C37, C38,
C39, C40,
C41, C42,
C43, C44,
C45, C46
-
22
-
nF
25 V
SRx capacitor
C47
-
100
-
nF
50 V
CVDD output capacitor
228/286
DS11615 Rev 3
Note
L9680
Applications
Table 19. (continued)Bill Of Materials
Component
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Requirement
C48, C49,
C50, C51,
C52, C53,
C54, C55,
C56
-
22
-
nF
25 V
DCSx capacitor
C57, C58,
C59, C60
-
3.3
-
nF
25 V
RSUx capacitor
C61, C62,
C63, C64
-
3.3
-
nF
25 V
WSSx capacitor
D1
-
2
-
A
-
Reverse battery protection
D2
-
1
-
A
-
ER Boost diode
D3
-
1
-
A
-
WAKEUP diode
D4
-
1
-
A
-
SYNC Boost diode
D5
-
12
-
V
-
Safing FET Zener diode
D6, D7,
D8, D9,
D10, D11
-
1
-
A
-
SSxy diode
L1
-
10
-
μH
1A
ER Boost inductor
L2
-
4.7
-
μH
1A
SYNC Boost inductor
L3
-
4.7
-
μH
1A
SAT Boost inductor
L4
-
4.7
-
μH
1A
VCC Boost inductor
R1
-
0.43
-
Ω
1W
Current limit resistor
R2
-
1
-
kΩ
100 mW
VBATMON current limit resistor
R3
-
360
-
Ω
125 mW
Diagnostic resistor
R4
-
1.5
-
kΩ
100 mW
Safing FET passive pull-up resistor
R5
-
1
-
kΩ
100 mW
External Safing FET enable resistor
Q3
-
60
-
A
60 V
U1
-
-
-
-
PUMD15
DS11615 Rev 3
Note
External Safing FET (N-channel)
External Safing FET enable
229/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Every parameter in this chapter is fulfilled down to VINGOOD(max).
No device damage is granted to occur down to VINBAD(min).
GNDA pin is used as ground reference for the voltage measurements performed within the
device, unless otherwise stated.
All table or parameter declared ‘Design Info’ are not tested during production testing
17.1
Configuration and control
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted.
-40 °C Ta +95 °C.
Table 20. Configuration and control DC specifications
No
Symbol
Min
Typ
1
VNOV
Normal Operating
Voltage
Design Info
Depending on power supply
configuration
6
13
18
V
2
VJSV
Jump Start Voltage
Design Info
40°C ≤ Ta ≤ 50°C
18
-
26
V
3
VLDV
Load Dump Voltage
Transient
Design Info
26.5
-
40
V
4
WU_mon
WAKEUP Monitor
threshold
GNDSUBx as ground reference
-
-
1.5
V
5
WU_off
WAKEUP Off threshold
GNDSUBx as ground reference
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
2
2.5
3
V
6
WU_on
WAKEUP On threshold
GNDSUBx as ground reference
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
4
4.5
5
V
7
WURPD
WAKEUP Pull-down
Resistor
GNDSUBx as ground reference
120
300
480
kΩ
8
VBGOOD0
SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=00
or 11
5.5
5.75
6
V
9
VBBAD0
SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=00
or 11
5
5.25
5.5
V
10
VBGOOD1
VBATMON Thresholds SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=01 6.45
6.7
6.95
V
11
VBBAD1
SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=01 5.95
6.2
6.45
V
12
VBGOOD2
SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=10
7.5
7.75
8
V
13
VBBAD2
SYS_CTL(VBATMON_TH_SEL)=10
7
7.25
7.6
V
230/286
Parameter
Conditions
DS11615 Rev 3
Max Unit
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 20. Configuration and control DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
13b ΔVBGOOD2_VBBAD2
Parameter
Conditions
VBATMON delta
thresholds
Min
Typ
300
-
600
mV
Device OFF
-5
-
5
µA
Device ON
Design Info
20
24
30
µA
VBGOOD2_VBBAD2
Max Unit
14
ILKG_VBATMON_OFF
15
ILKG_VBATMON_ON
16
RPD_VBATMON
VBATMON pull-down
resistance
Device ON
VBATMON < 10V
Design Info
125
250
375
kΩ
17
ILKG_VBATMON_TOT
VBATMON total input
leakage
ILKG_VBATMON_ON + RPD_VBATMO
VBATMON = 18V
35
-
180
µA
18
VINGOOD0
SYS_CTL(VIN_TH_SEL)=0
5
5.25
5.5
V
19
VINBAD0
20
VINGOOD1
21
VINBAD1
22
VINFASTSLOPE_H
23
VINFASTSLOPE_L
24
VINFASTSLOPE_HYS
25
VINSYNC_DIS_L
26
27
28
VBATMON input
leakage
VIN Good and VIN Bad SYS_CTL(VIN_TH_SEL)=0
Thresholds
SYS_CTL(VIN_TH_SEL)=1
4.5
4.75
5
V
6.05
6.3
6.55
V
SYS_CTL(VIN_TH_SEL)=1
5.55
5.8
6.05
V
-
9.3
9.8
10.3
V
-
9
9.5
10
V
-
0.2
0.3
0.4
V
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) =0
12.2
-
13.6
V
15
-
16.2
V
5
-
300
mV
Device OFF
VIN = 40V
-10
-
10
µA
Device ON
VIN = 12V
-
-
40
mA
Design Info
1
-
13(1)
µF
VIN Thresholds used
to change Boost
regulator transition
time
VIN SyncBoost Disable SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 1
Thresholds
VIN SYNC_DIS_LYS
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 0 / 1
VIN SYNC_DIS_HYS
Guaranteed by design
VINSYNC_DIS_H
ILKG_VIN_OFF
VIN input current
29
ILKG_VIN_ON
30
CVIN
External VIN capacitor
DS11615 Rev 3
231/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 20. Configuration and control DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
31
ILKG_VER_OFF
32
ILKG_VER_ON_L
Parameter
Conditions
VER Input Leakage
Min
Typ
Max Unit
Device OFF
VER = 40V
-5
-
50
µA
Device ON
ERBOOST > VER
ER Charge OFF
50
-
200
µA
Device ON
ERBOOST < VER
ER Charge OFF
100
-
500
µA
33
ILKG_VER_ON_H
34
VWDTDIS_TH
WDT/TM threshold
Test go no go
10
12
14
V
35
VWDTDIS_HYST
WDT/TM hysteresis
Design Info
0.2
0.4
0.5
V
36
IPD_WDTDIS
WDT/TM Pull Down
Resistance
VWDTDIS ≤ 5V
20
45
70
µA
37
VTH1_H_VCCSEL_
38
VTH1_L_VCCSEL
-
1.30 1.55 1.80
V
-
1.05 1.25 1.45
V
VCCSEL Input Voltage
Thresholds 1
39
VHYS1_VCCSEL
-
0.2
-
-
V
40
VTH2_H_VCCSEL_
-
5.9
6.4
6.9
V
41
VTH2_L_VCCSEL
-
5.6
6.1
6.6
V
-
0.2
-
-
V
VCCSEL= SATBUCK
20
45
70
µA
VCCSEL Input Voltage
Thresholds 2
42
VHYS2_VCCSEL
43
IPD_VCCSEL
232/286
VCCSEL Pull Down
Current
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 20. Configuration and control DC specifications (continued)
No
44
Symbol
ITOTLKG_BAT
Parameter
Conditions
Room Temp
WAKEUP = 0
All following pins at 13V:
Battery Line Total Input VBATMON, VIN, ERBSTSW,
Leakage
ERBOOST, SYNCBSTSW,
SYNCBOOST
Min
Typ
Max Unit
-
-
35
µA
-
-
150
ºC
Min
Typ
Guaranteed by design
45
TJ
Junction Temperature
Design Info
1. Bigger capacitor can be used in case an external switch is used in parallel to the ER-Switch.
Table 21. Configuration and control AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
TFLT_VBATMONTH
VBATMON thresholds
deglitch filter time
-
26
30
34
µs
2
TFLT_VINGOOD_UP
VIN Good thresholds
deglitch filter time
rising edge
-
3
3.5
4
µs
3
TFLT_VINGOOD_DO
VIN Good thresholds
deglitch filter time
falling edge
SYS_CFG(VINGOOD_FILT_SEL) = 0
-
1
-
µs
4
TFLT_VINGOOD_DO
VIN Good thresholds
deglitch filter time
falling edge
SYS_CFG(VINGOOD_FILT_SEL) = 1
3
3.5
4
µs
VIN Bad thresholds
TFLT_VINBAD_DOWN deglitch filter time
falling edge
-
3
3.5
4
µs
6
WN_L
WN_H
Conditions
Max Unit
7
TFLT_VINBAD_UP
VIN Bad thresholds
deglitch filter time
rising edge
-
26
30
34
µs
8
TVINGOOD_BLK
VIN Good Thresholds
blanking time
-
26
30
34
µs
VIN SyncBoost
TFLT_VINSYNCDIS_D Disable
deglitch filter time
OWN
falling edge
-
3.3
-
4.2
µs
VIN SyncBoost
Disable
deglitch filter time
rising edge
-
9.5
-
11
µs
9
10
TFLT_ VINSYNCDIS
_UP
DS11615 Rev 3
233/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 21. Configuration and control AC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
11
TFLT_WAKEUP
12
TLATCH_WAKEUP
13
234/286
TPWRUP
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max Unit
Wakeup deglitch filter
time
-
0.95 1.05 1.15
ms
Wakeup latch time
-
9.7
ms
Power-up Delay Time
–
Wake-up to RESET
released
-
-
DS11615 Rev 3
10.8 11.9
-
10
ms
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 22. Open ground detection DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions / Comments
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1
GNDAOPEN
GNDA open threshold
GNDSUBx=0
100
200
300
mV
2
GNDDOPEN
GNDD open threshold
GNDSUBx=0
100
200
300
mV
3
BSTGNDOPEN
BSTGND open threshold
GNDSUBx=0
100
200
300
mV
4
IPU_BSTGND
BSTGND pull-up current
ER BOOST OFF and SYNC
BOOST OFF
130
-
270
µA
5
SATGNDOPEN
SATGND open threshold
GNDSUBx=0
100
200
300
mV
6
IPU_SATGND
SATGND pull-up current
SATBUCK OFF
80
120
160
µA
7
VCCGNDOPEN
VCCGND open threshold
GNDSUBx=0
100
200
300
mV
8
IPU_VCCGND
VCCGND pull-up current
VCC BUCK OFF
80
120
160
µA
Table 23. GND_OPEN_AC - Open ground detection DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TFLT_GNDREFOPEN
GNDA and GNDD Open
Deglitch Filter Time
2
BSTGND, SATGND,
TFLT_GNDREGOPEN VCCGND Open Deglitch
Filter Time
17.2
Parameter
Condition
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
7
11
16
µs
-
1.9
2.3
2.7
µs
Internal analog reference
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +95 °C
VINBAD0(min) ≤ VIN ≤ 35 V
Table 24. Internal analog reference
N°
Symbol
1
VBG1
2
VBG2
3
VADC_GROUND
4
Parameter
Condition
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Bandgap reference
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
-1%
1.2
+1%
V
Bandgap monitor
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
-1%
1.2
+1%
V
ADC Ground reference
ADC total error included
90
104
120
mV
-1.5%
2.5
+1.5%
V
VADC_FULLSCALE ADC Full scale reference -
DS11615 Rev 3
235/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.3
L9680
Internal regulators
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted.
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V
Table 25. Internal regulator DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
VOUT_VINT3V3
VINT3V3 output voltage
2
VOV_VINT3V3
3
Condition
Min
Typ
Max Unit
Vin = 5.5 V, 12 V and 35 V
3.14
3.3
3.46
V
VINT3V3 over voltage
-
3.47
-
3.7
V
VUV_VINT3V3
VINT3V3 under voltage
-
2.97
-
3.13
V
4
VOUT_CVDD
CVDD output voltage
Vin = 5.5 V, 12 V and 35 V
3.14
3.3
3.46
V
5
IOUT_CVDD
CVDD current capability
External load is not allowed
-
-
50
mA
6
ILIM_CVDD
CVDD current limit
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
80
-
-
mA
7
VOV_CVDD
CVDD over voltage
-
3.47
-
3.7
V
8
VUV_CVDD
CVDD under voltage
-
2.7
-
2.9
V
9
CCVDD
CVDD output capacitance
Design info
60
100
140
nF
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Table 26. Internal regulators AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TFLT_ VINT_CVDD_OV
Internal regulator over
voltage deglitch filter time
-
7
11
16
µs
2
TFLT_VINT_CVDD_UV
Internal regulator under
voltage deglitch filter time
-
7
11
16
µs
236/286
Parameter
Comment
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
17.4
Electrical characteristics
Watchdog
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V
Table 27. Temporal watchdog timer AC specifications (WD1)
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
TWDT1_TIMEOUT
2
TWDT1_RST
Condition
Temporal watchdog timeout
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
-
2.00
ms
-
-
16.3
ms
0.9
1.0
1.1
ms
-
Temporal watchdog reset time -
Table 28. Algorithmic watchdog timer DC specifications (WD2)
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
VOH_WD2LCKOUT
2
VOL_WD2LCKOUT
Condition
Min
Typ Max Unit
ILOAD = -0.5 mA
VCC-0.6
-
VCC
V
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
0
-
0.4
V
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Algorithmic watchdog timeout -
45
50
55
ms
Algorithmic watchdog reset
time
0.9
1.0
1.1
ms
WD2LockOut output voltage
Table 29. Algorithmic watchdog timer AC specifications (WD2)
No
Symbol
1
TWDT2_TIMEOUT
2
TWDT2_RST
Parameter
Condition
-
3
TRISE_ WD2LCKOUT WD2LockOut rise time
50 pF load, 20%-80%
-
-
1.0
µs
4
TFALL_ WD2LCKOUT WD2LockOut fall time
50 pF load, 20%-80%
-
-
1.0
µs
-
-
f osc
--------512
-
MHz
5
fWD2_SEED
WD2 Seed Counter Rate
DS11615 Rev 3
237/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.5
L9680
Oscillators
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
--40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0(max) ≤ VIN ≤ 35 V.
Table 30. Oscillators specifications
N
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
15.2
16
16.8
MHz
fMOD_OSC
Main
SPI_CLK_CNF(MAIN_SS_DIS=0)
oscillator
modulation Design Info
frequency
-
f osc
---------128
-
MHz
IMOD_OSC
Main
oscillator
SPI_CLK_CNF(MAIN_SS_DIS=0)
modulation
index
2
4
6
%
7.125
7.5
7.875
MHz
fMOD_AUX
Aux
SPI_CLK_CNF(AUX_SS_DIS=0)
oscillator
modulation Design Info
frequency
-
f osc_AUX
----------------------128
-
MHz
IMOD_AUX
Aux
oscillator
SPI_CLK_CNF(AUX_SS_DIS=0)
modulation
index
2
4
6
%
fOSC
fAUX
Parameter
Main
oscillator
average
frequency
Aux
oscillator
average
frequency
Condition
-
-
Main
oscillator
fOSC_LOW_ low
7
frequency
TH
detection
threshold
-
128
---------- f AUX_MIN
68
-
128
---------- f AUX_MAX MHz
68
Main
oscillator
fOSC_HIGH_ high
8
frequency
TH
detection
threshold
-
79
------ f AUX_MIN
32
-
79
------ f AUX_MAX MHz
32
238/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
17.6
Electrical characteristics
Reset
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, VCCx(min) VCCx VCCx(max),
VCC = 3.3 V or 5 V
Table 31. Reset DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
VOH_RESET
2
VOL_RESET
3
RPD_RESET
4
Parameter
Comment
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ILOAD = -1.0 mA
VCC-0.4
-
VCC
V
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
0
-
0.4
V
RESET pull down resistance
-
65
100
135
kΩ
VCOREUV
VCOREMON under voltage
threshold
-
1.08
1.11
1.14
V
5
VCOREOV
VCOREMON over voltage
threshold
-
1.26
1.29
1.32
V
6
RPD_VCORE
VCOREMON pull down
resistance
-
65
100
135
kΩ
7
VIH_ MCUFLT
MCUFAULTB high level input
voltage
-
2
-
-
V
8
VIL_ MCUFLT
MCUFAULTB Low level Input
Voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
9
IPD_MCUFLT
MCUFAULTB Pull Down
Current
MCUFAULTB= VCC
20
45
70
µA
RESET output voltage
Table 32. Reset AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Comment
Min
Typ
1
TRISE_RESET
Rise time
-
-
1.00
µs
2
TFALL_RESET
Fall time
-
-
1.00
µs
3
THOLD_RESET
Reset hold time
-
0.45
0.5
0.55
ms
4
TFLT_VCOREOV
VCOREMON over voltage
deglitch filter time
-
27
30
33
µs
5
TFLT_VCOREUV
VCOREMON under voltage
deglitch filter time
27
30
33
µs
6
TFLT_MCUFAULTB
MCUFAULTB Deglitch filter
time
9
10
11
µs
50 pF load, 20%-80%
-
DS11615 Rev 3
Max Unit
239/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.7
L9680
SPI interface
All electrical characteristics are valid for both Global and Remote Sensor SPI and for the
following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, VCCx(min) VCCx VCCx(max),
VCC = 3.3 V or 5 V
Table 33. Global and remote sensor SPI DC specifications
No
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1
VIH_CS_G
VIH_CS_RS
CS_x High level Input
Voltage
-
2
-
-
V
2
VIL_CS_G
VIL_CS_RS
CS_x Low level Input
Voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
3
IPU_CS_G
IPU_CS_RS
CS_x Pull Up Current
CS_x = 0V
-70
-45
-20
µA
4
VIH_MOSI_G
VIH_MOSI_RS
MOSI_x High level Input
Voltage
-
2
-
-
V
5
VIL_MOSI_G
VIL_MOSI_RS
MOSI_x Low level Input
Voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
6
IPD_MOSI_G
IPD_MOSI_RS
MOSI_x Pull Down Current
MOSI_x = VCC
20
45
70
µA
8
VIH_SCLK_G
VIH_SCLK_RS
SCLK_x High level Input
Voltage
-
2
-
-
V
9
VIL_SCLK_G
VIL_SCLK_RS
SCLK_x Low level Input
Voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
10
IPD_SCLK_G
IPD_SCLK_RS
SCLK_x Pull Down Current
SCLK_x = VCC
20
45
70
µA
12
VOH_MISO_G
VOH_MISO_RS
MISO_x High level Output
Voltage
ILOAD = -800 µA
VCC
-0.5
-
VCC
V
13
VOL_MISO_G
VOL_MISO_RS
MISO_x Low level Output
Voltage
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
-
-
0.4
V
14
ILKG_MISO_G
ILKG_MISO_RS
MISO_x Output Leakage
Tri-state leakage
-10
-
10
µA
15
VIH_MISO_RS
MISO_RS High level Input
Voltage
-
2
-
-
V
16
VIL_MISO_RS
MISO_RS Low level Input
Voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
240/286
Parameter
Comment
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 34. SPI AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Comments / Conditions
Min
Typ
1
FSCLK
SPI transfer frequency
2
TSCLK
3
-
-
8
SCLK_x period
-
123.8
-
-
ns
TLEAD
Enable lead time
-
250
-
-
ns
4
TLAG
Enable lag time
-
50
-
-
ns
5
THIGH_SCLK
SCLK_x high time
-
40
-
-
ns
6
TLOW_SCLK
SCLK_x low time
-
40
-
-
ns
7
TSETUP_MOSI
MOSI_x input setup time
-
20
-
-
ns
8
THOLD_MOSI
MOSI_x input hold time
-
20
-
-
ns
9
TACC_MISO
MISO_x access time
5
-
60
ns
10
TDIS_MISO
MISO_x disable time
20
-
100
ns
11
TVALID_MISO
MISO_x output valid time
5
-
30
ns
12
THOLD_MISO
MISO_x Output Hold Time
80 pF load; Design Info
0
-
-
ns
13
TNODATA
SCLK_x hold time
-
20
-
-
ns
14
TFLT_CS
CS_x noise glitch rejection time -
50
-
300
ns
15
TNODATA
SPI interframe time
-
400
-
-
ns
80 pF load
Max
Unit
8.08 MHz
16
TSETUP_MISO_RS MISO_RS Input Setup Time
-
20
-
-
ns
17
THOLD_MISO_RS MISO_RS Input Hold Time
-
20
-
-
ns
Note:
All timing is shown with respect to 10% and 90% of the actual delivered VCC voltage.
Figure 72. SPI timing diagram
4
CS_x
5
3
15
2
6
SCLK_x
13
7
MOSI_x
8
12
11
9
MISO_x
LSB IN
DATA
MSB IN
MSB OUT
DATA
10
LSB OUT
DON’T
CARE
GAPGPS02305
DS11615 Rev 3
241/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.8
L9680
ERBoost regulator
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 35. ERBoost regulator DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
1
VO_ERBST
Boost output voltage
2
3
IO_ERBST
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Across all line and IO_BST
load (steady state)
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V)=0
22.6
23.8
25
V
Across all line and IO_BST
load (steady state)
1SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V)=1
31.65
33
35
V
Boost output current
-
0.1
-
70
mA
-8%
-
8%
%
-8%
-
8%
%
4
dVSR_ac
Line transient response
All line, load; dt=100us;
BST33V = 0/1
Design Info
5
dVLR_ac
Load transient response
All line, load; dt=100us;
BST33V = 0/1
Design Info
6
RDSON_ERBST
Power switch resistance
-
-
-
1
Ω
7
IOC_ERBST
-
650
-
1350
mA
8
IOC_ERBST_ERON
ER Switch activated AND
SW_REGS_CONF(LOW_E
RBST_ILIM_ERON) = 1
125
-
600
mA
9
ILKG_ERBST_OFF
-5
-
+5
µA
60
-
200
µA
1.5
-
2.4
mA
10
Over current detection
ERBOOST=40V
Power-off or Sleep Mode
ILKG_ERBST_ON
ERBOOST input current
Active or Passive Mode
ERBoost reg. enabled
ERBSTSW > ERBoost >
VER
ER Charge OFF
VSF regulator OFF
Any GPO channel not
enabled
Guarantee by design
11
ILKG_ERBST_ON_wGPO
242/286
Active or Passive Mode
ERBoost reg. enabled
ERBSTSW > ERBoost >
VER
ER Charge OFF
VSF regulator OFF
All GPO channel activated
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 35. ERBoost regulator DC specifications (continued)
No
12
13
14
15
16
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ERBOOST voltage
threshold
BST33V = 0
18
20
22
V
BST33V = 1
26
28
30
V
VERBST_OV
ERBOOST Over Voltage
threshold
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V) = 0
22.6
-
25
V
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V) = 1
31.65
-
35
V
VIN – ERBOOST
VERBST_DIS_TH
Voltage difference
between VIN and
ERBOOST to deactivate
the ER Boost regulator
1.6
2.2
2.5
V
2.7
3.3
3.7
V
-
150
175
190
°C
-
5
10
15
°C
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
1.8
1.882
2.0
MHz
10% to 90% voltage on
ERBSTSW
VIN ≥ VINFASTSLOPE_H =
10.3 V
Iload = 6 0mA
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V) = 1
Guaranteed by Design
15
-
35
ns
TRISE_ERBSTSW_FAST
TFALL_ERBSTSW_FAST
10% to 90% voltage on
ERBSTSW
VIN = VINFASTSLOPE_L =9 V
5
-
15
ns
TON_ERBST
CERBOOST = 2.2 µF
Vin =12V, IO_ERBST= 5mA
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V) = 1
Measured from CS_G
edge to VO_ERBST(min)
50
-
500
µs
-
27
30
33
µs
VERBST_OK
Vin = 5.5 V, 12 V and 35 V
Voltage difference
between ERBSTSW and
17 VERBST_CLAMP_EN_TH
VERBSTSW – VERBOOST
ERBOOST to activate the
ER Boost CLAMP
18
TJSD_ERBST
19
THYS_TSDERBST
Thermal shutdown
Table 36. ERBoost regulator AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
FSW_ERBST
2
3
4
5
TRISE_ERBSTSW_SLOW
TFALL_ERBSTSW_SLOW
Parameter
Conditions
ERBOOST switching
frequency
ERBSTSW transition
time
ERBOOST charge-up
time
Deglitch filter on
TFLT_VIN_ERBST_COMP VIN_ERBoost
comparator
DS11615 Rev 3
243/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 36. ERBoost regulator AC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
6
TFLT_TSD_ERBST
7
Parameter
TSOFTST_ERBST
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Thermal shutdown filter
time
-
-
-
10
µs
ERBOOST Soft-start
Time
Design Info.
Time from activation of
ERBOOST when
overcurrent is 40% of
IOC_ERBST
(IOC_ERBST_ERON) to
instant when overcurrent
is 100% of IOC_ERBST
(IOC_ERBST_ERON)
-
-
1075
µs
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Table 37. ERBOOST Converter external components design info
No
Symbol
1
LERBST
2
ESLERBST
3
CBLK_ERBST
4
Component
Conditions
Inductance
-
8
10
12
µH
Inductance resistance
-
-
-
0.1
Ω
1
2.2
-
µF
-
50
mΩ
Output bulk capacitance to Min cap value including
ensure regulator stability
derating factors
ESRCBLK_ERBST Bulk capacitor ESR
-
5
VFSTR_ERBST
Steering diode forward
voltage
IF=100 mA
-
-
0.85
V
6
ILKGSTR_ERBST
Steering diode reverse
leakage
Ta = 95 °C
-
-
3
mA
244/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
17.9
Electrical characteristics
ER CAP current generators and diagnostic
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, 8 V ≤ ERBOOST.
Table 38. ER CAP current generators and diagnostic DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ER charge current
ERBOOST 8 V
ERBOOST - VER 2 V
ERBOOST = 24 V and
35 V
60
65
70
mA
1
IER_CHARGE
2
IER_DISCHARGE_LOW
ER discharge low level
current
VER 6V
60
65
70
mA
3
IER_DISCHARGE_HIGH
ER discharge high level
current
VER 8V
589
640
691
mA
4
RDSON_ERCHARGE
ER charge power
resistance
(VERBOOST - VVER)/IVER
IVER = 10mA
-
-
20
Ω
5
VERRANGE
VER voltage measurement
range
20
-
35
V
6
VERACC
VER voltage measurement
VERRANGE
accuracy
-8
-
+8
%
7
ERCAPRANGE
Energy reserve capacitor
measurement range
Design Info
-
-
10
mF
8
ERCAPACC
Energy reserve capacitor
measurement accuracy
VERMIN = 2 V
-7
-
+7
%
9
ERCAP_ESRRANGE
Energy reserve capacitor
ESR measurement range
-
200
-
600
mΩ
10
ERCAP_ESRACC
Energy reserve capacitor
ESR measurement
accuracy
All errors included
except the offset one
(OFFER_ESR)
-20
+20
%
11
GER_ESR
12
OFFER_ESR
13
TJSD_ERBST
14
THYS_TSDERBST
15
VVER_VBATMON_TH
Energy Reserve Capacitor
ESR Measurement Gain
-13%
3
+13%
V/V
70
-
160
mΩ
-
150
175
190
°C
-
5
10
15
°C
1.6
2.2
2.5
V
Energy Reserve Capacitor
Design Info
ESR Measurement Offset
ER charge thermal
shutdown
Voltage difference
between VER and
VBATMON to activate the
ER Discharge in passive
mode
VER - VBATMON
DS11615 Rev 3
245/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 39. ER CAP current generators and diagnostic AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TON_ERCAP
Energy reserve capacitor CVER 10mF nominal,
charge-up time
BST33V = 0, Design Info
2
TESR_DIAG
Total duration time from SPI
ER CAP ESR diagnostic
command to ADC results
duration
availability
3
TFLT_TSD_ERCHARGE
17.10
Parameter
Conditions
Thermal shutdown filter
time
-
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
-
4
s
-5%
225
+5%
µs
-
-
10
µs
ER switch
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 40. ER Switch DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
RDSON_ERSW
2
ILIM_ERSW
3
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Power switch resistance
Vin = 5.5 V and 35 V
0.5
-
3
Ω
ER switch current limit
VER = 17 V @ VIN = 12 V
and
VER = 35 V @ VIN = 31 V
608
810
980
mA
10
-
200
mV
-
150
175
190
°C
-
5
10
15
°C
Max
Unit
ER switch turned off when
VIN > VER + VER_SW_OV_TH
ER switch Over Voltage
VER_SW_OV_TH
threshold
Vin = 12 V and 35 V
4
TJSD_ERSW
5
THYS_TSDERSW
Thermal shutdown
Table 41. ER Switch AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TON_ERSW
2
Parameter
Conditions
ER turn-on time (time to
reach either RDSON_ERSW or CVIN = 10 µF
ILIM_ERSW)
TFLT_TSD_ERSW Thermal shutdown filter time -
3
246/286
TBLK_ERSW
ER switch activation
blanking time after thermal
shutdown
-
DS11615 Rev 3
Min
-
-
5
µs
-
-
10
µs
-
1
-
ms
L9680
Electrical characteristics
17.11
COVRACT
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V; VINGOOD(max) VIN 35 V;
VCCx(min) VCCx VCCx(max); VCC = 3.3 V or 5 V
Table 42. COVRACT DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
VOH_COVRACT
2
VOL_COVRACT
3
IREV_COVRACT
Parameter
Conditions
COVRACT output voltage
Reverse current short high
voltage
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ILOAD = -0.5 mA
VCC
-0.6
-
VCC
V
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
0
-
0.4
V
COVRACT = 40 V
VCC = 3.3 V
-
-
1
mA
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Table 43. COVRACT AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
1
TRISE_COVRACT Rise time
50 pF load, 20%-80%
-
-
1.00
µs
2
TFALL_COVRACT Fall time
50 pF load, 20%-80%
-
-
1.00
µs
17.12
SYNCBOOST converter
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN VINSYNC_DIS_X(min)
Table 44. SYNCBOOST converter DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
1
VO_SYNCBST
SYNCBOOST output
voltage
2
3
IO_SYNCBST_VL_IH
4
IO_SYNCBST_VL_IL
5
IO_SYNCBST_VH_IH
SYNCBOOST output
current
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Across all line and load,
steady state
SYS_CTL(SYBST) = 0
11.40
12
-
V
Across all line and load
(steady state)
SYS_CTL(SYBST) = 1
14.00 14.75
-
V
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 0
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_M
ODE) = 0
20
-
360
mA
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 0
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_M
ODE) = 1
20
-
240
mA
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 1
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_M
ODE) = 0
20
-
290
mA
DS11615 Rev 3
247/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 44. SYNCBOOST converter DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
6
IO_SYNCBST_VH_IL
7
dVSR_ac
8
dVLR_ac
9
RDSON_SYNCBST
10
IOC_SYNCBST_HIGH
11
IOC_SYNCBST_LOW
12
ILKG_SYNCBOOST
SYNCBOOST leakage
13
ILKG_SYNCBSTSW
14
15
16
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
SYS_CTL(SYBST_V) = 0
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_M
ODE) = 1
20
-
190
mA
-8%
-
8%
%
-8%
-
8%
%
-
-
0.5
Ω
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_
MODE) = 0
1.6
-
3.2
A
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_
MODE) = 1
1.5
-
2.6
A
SYNCBOOST=40V Device off
-
-
10
µA
SYNCBSTSW leakage
SYNCBSTSW=40V Device off
-
-
20
µA
VSYNCBST_OK
SYNCBOOST voltage
threshold
-
9
10
11
V
VSYNCBST_OV
SYNCBOOST Over
Voltage threshold
-
22
23
24
V
VSYNCBST_DIS_TH
Voltage difference
between VIN and
SYNCBOOST to
deactivate the SYNC
Boost regulator
1.6
2.2
2.5
V
2.7
3.3
3.7
V
SYS_CTL(RESTART_SYBST
_SEL) = 0
Voltage threshold on VIN pin
9
-
10.3
V
SYS_CTL(RESTART_SYBST
_SEL) = 1
Voltage threshold on
SYNCBOOST pin
19
20
21
V
SYNCBOOST output
current
All line, load; dt = 100 µs;
Line transient response SYS_CTL(SYBST) = 0/1
Design Info
Power switch
resistance
-
Over current detection
of integrated MOS
VVIN -VSYNCBOOST
Vin = 5.5 V, 12 V and 35 V
Voltage difference
between SYNCBSTSW
17 VSYNCBST_CLAMP_EN_TH and SYNCBOOST to
VSYNCBSTSW –VSYNCBOOST
activate the SYNC
Boost CLAMP
18 VVIN_SYNCBST_RESTART_TH
Voltage threshold to
restart Syncboost
regulator during ER
State
19
VSYNCBST_RESTART_TH
20
TJSDERSYNCBST
Thermal shutdown
-
150
175
190
C
21
THYS_TSDSYNCBST
Thermal shutdown
hysteresis
-
5
10
15
°C
248/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 45. SYNCBOOST converter AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
FSW_SYNCBST
2
TRISE_SYNCBSTSW_SLOW
TFALL_SYNCBSTSW_SLOW
Conditions
Typ
Max
Unit
1.8
1.882
2.0
MHz
10% to 90% voltage on
SYNCBSTSW
VIN = VINFASTSLOPE_H
Design Info
15
-
30
ns
10% to 90% voltage on
SYNCBSTSW
VIN = VINFASTSLOPE_L
Design Info
5
-
20
ns
-
-
1075
µs
SYNCBST
switching frequency
SYNCBSTSW
transition time
3
Min
TRISE_SYNCBSTSW_FAST
TFALL_SYNCBSTSW_FAST
4
TSOFTST_SYNCBST
SYNCBST Softstart Time
Design Info.
Time from activation of
SYNCBOOST when
overcurrent is 40 % of
IOC_SYNCBST_HIGH
(IOC_SYNCBST_LOW) to
instant when overcurrent is
100% of IOC_SYNCBST_HIGH
(IOC_SYNCBST_LOW)
5
TFLT_TSD_SYNCBST
Thermal shutdown
filter time
-
-
-
10
µs
TBLK_SYNCSW
Sync boost
activation blanking
time after thermal
shutdown
-
-
1
-
ms
6
Table 46. SYNCBOOST converter external components design info
No
Symbol
1
LSYNCBST
2
ESLSYNCBST
3
CBLK_SYNCBST
4
Component
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Inductance
Min 4.7 µH nominal
3.76
-
-
µH
Inductance resistance
-
-
-
0.1
Ω
Output bulk capacitance
Min 2.2 µF nominal
1.76
-
-
µF
-
-
-
50
mΩ
ESRCBLK_SYNCBST Bulk capacitor ESR
5
VFSTR
Steering diode forward
voltage
IF = 1 A
-
-
0.5
V
6
ILKGSTR
Steering diode reverse
leakage
Ta = 95 °C
-
-
3
mA
DS11615 Rev 3
249/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.13
L9680
SATBUCK converter
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35V, VSYNCBST_OK SYNCBOOST
Table 47. SATBUCK converter DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
VO_SATBCK
2
Parameter
SATBUCK output
voltage
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Across all line and load,
steady state SAT_V = 0
6.92
7.2
7.48
V
Across all line and load,
steady state SAT_V = 1
8.64
9
9.36
V
3
IO_SATBCK_VH_IH
SAT_V =0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
20
-
450
mA
4
IO_ SATBCK _VH_IL
SAT_V =0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
20
-
300
mA
5
IO_ SATBCK _VL_IH
SAT_V =1
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
20
-
390
mA
6
IO_ SATBCK _VL_IL
SAT_V =1
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
20
-
240
mA
7
dVSR_ac
Line transient
response
All line, load; dt=100 µs;
SAT_V = 0/1
Design Info
-4%
-
4%
%
8
dVLR_ac
Load transient
response
All line, load; dt=100 µs;
SAT_V = 0/1
Design Info
-4%
-
4%
%
9
RDSON_SATBCK_HS
High side power
switch resistance
SyncBoost = 12 V and 35V
-
-
0.6
Ω
10
RDSON_SATBCK_LS
Low side power
switch resistance
SyncBoost = 12 V and 35V
-
0.6
Ω
11
IOC_HS_SATBCK_HI
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
0.83
1.1
1.37
A
12
IOC_HS_SATBCK_LO
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
0.53
0.7
0.9
A
13
1
-
100
mA
14
IOCP_LS_SATBCK_LO Low side positive
over current
detection
I
VSATBCKSW ≥ 0
FAST SLOPE
100
240
350
mA
15
IOCN_LS_SATBCK_HI
VSATBCKSW = 0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
0.94
1.25
1.56
A
16
IOCN_LS_SATBCK_LO
VSATBCKSW = 0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
0.64
0.85
1.06
A
17
VSATBCK_OK_LOW
SYS_CTL(SAT_V) = 0
6.2
6.5
6.8
V
18
VSATBCK_OK_HIGH
SYS_CTL(SAT_V) = 1
7.7
8.1
8.5
V
SATBUCK output
current
High side over
current detection
OCP_LS_SATBCK_HI
250/286
Low side negative
over current
detection
SATBUCK voltage
threshold
VSATBCKSW ≥ 0
VSYNCBST < VSYNCBST_RESTART_TH
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 48. SATBUCK converter AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
FSW_SATBCK
Conditions
SATBUCK switching
frequency
TRISE_SATBCKSW
2
_SLOW
TFALL_SATBCKSW
_SLOW
SATBCKSW transition time
TRISE_SATBCKSW
3
_FAST
TFALL_SATBCKSW
_FAST
4
TSOFTST_SATBCK SATBUCK soft start time
Min
Typ
-
1.8
1.882
2.0
MHz
10% to 90% voltage on
SATBCKSW
VSYNCBST <
VSYNCBST_RESTART_TH
Design Info
10
-
25
ns
10% to 90% voltage on
SATBCKSW
VSYNCBST >
VSYNCBST_RESTART_TH
Design Info
5
-
15
0.50
-
2
ms
From 10% to 90%
Max Units
Table 49. SATBUCK converter external components design info
No
Symbol
1
LSATBCK
2
3
4
Component
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
3.76
-
-
µH
Inductance
Min 4.7 µH nominal
ESRLSATBCK
Inductance Resistance
-
-
-
0.25
Ω
CBLK_SATBCK
Output Bulk Capacitance
Min 4.7 µH nominal
3
-
30
µF
-
-
-
50
mΩ
ESRCBLK_SATBCK Bulk Capacitor ESR
17.14
VCC regulator
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, VSATBCK_OK SATBUCK
VUV_VCOREMON VCOREMON VOV_VCOREMON
Table 50. VCC converter DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
VO_VCC
2
VCCBUCK Output
Voltage
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Across all line and load,
steady state
VCCSEL < VTH1_L_VCCSEL
3.20
3.3
3.40
V
Across all line and load,
steady state
VCCSEL = > VTH1_H_VCCSEL
4.85
5
5.15
V
DS11615 Rev 3
251/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 50. VCC converter DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Units
3
IO_VCC3V_HI
VCCSEL < VTH1_L_VCCSEL
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
20
-
420
mA
4
IO_VCC3V_LO
VCCSEL < VTH1_L_VCCSEL
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
20
-
230
mA
5
IO_VCC5V_HI
VCCSEL > VTH1_H_VCCSEL
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
20
-
270
mA
6
dVSR_ac
Line transient response
All line, load; dt=100 µs;
Design Info
-4%
-
4%
%
7
dVLR_ac
Load transient response
All line, load; dt=100 µs;
Design Info
-4%
-
4%
%
8
RDSON_VCCBCK_HS
High side power switch
resistance
SATBUCK = 6.92 V and
9.36 V
-
-
0.6
9
RDSON_VCCBCK_LS
Low side power switch
resistance
SATBUCK = 6.92 V and
9.36 V
-
-
0.6
10
IOC_HS_VCCBCK_HI
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_
MODE) = 0
0.59
0.75
0.9
A
11
IOC_HS_VCCBCK_LO
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_
MODE) = 1
0.4
0.56
0.7
A
12
IOCP_LS_VCCBCK
VVCCBCKSW > 0
SYS_CFG(LOW_POWER_
MODE) = 0 / 1
1
-
100
mA
VVCCBCKSW = 0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 0
0.67
0.9
1.13
A
VVCCBCKSW = 0
LOW_POWER_MODE = 1
0.49
0.65
0.82
A
-
100
150
200
µA
VCCSEL < VTH2_L_VCCSEL
3.43
-
3.6
V
VCCSEL > VTH2_H_VCCSEL
5.25
-
5.50
V
VCCSEL < VTH2_L_VCCSEL
3.0
-
3.17
V
VCCSEL > VTH2_H_VCCSEL
4.5
-
4.75
V
-
1.8
2
2.2
V
13 IOCN_LS_VCCBCK_HI
14 IOCN_LS_VCCBCK_LO
15
IOF_VCC
16
VCCOV3V
17
VCCOV5V
18
VCCUV3V
19
VCCUV5V
20
VCCUVL
252/286
Parameter
Conditions
VCCBUCK output current
High side over current
detection
Low side positive over
current detection
Low side negative over
current detection
Open feedback current
on VCC
VCC over voltage
detection
VCC under voltage
detection high
VCC under voltage
detection low
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 51. VCC converter AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
FSW_VCCBCK
Parameter
Conditions
VCCBUCK switching
frequency
-
Min
Typ
Max Units
1.8
1.882
2.0
MHz
8
-
20
ns
2
TRISE_VCCBCKSW
VCCBCKSW transition time
TFALL_VCCBCKSW
10% to 90% voltage on
VCCBCKSW
Design Info
3
TSOFTST_VCCBCK VCCBUCK soft start time
From 10% to 90%
0.5
-
2
ms
-
27
30
33
µs
VCC reg in VCC_RAMPUP
state
1.5
2
2.5
µs
4
5
VCC over voltage
detection deglitch filter time
TFLT_VCCOV
VCC Over voltage
TFLT_VCCOV_RAMPUP detection deglitch filter time
during VCC_RAMPUP state
6
TFLT_VCCUV
VCC under voltage
detection deglitch filter time
-
27
30
33
µs
7
TFLT_VCCUVL
VCC under voltage low
detection deglitch filter time
-
1.5
2
2.5
µs
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
3.76
-
-
µH
Table 52. VCC converter external components design info
No
Symbol
1
LVCCBCK
2
3
4
Component
Conditions
Inductance
Min 4.7 µH nominal
ESRLVCCBCK
Inductance resistance
-
-
-
0.25
Ω
CBLK_VCCBCK
Output bulk capacitance
Min 4.7 µF nominal
3
-
30
µF
-
-
-
50
mΩ
ESRCBLK_VCCBCK Bulk capacitor ESR
17.15
VSF regulator
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35V, VSF + 2V ERBOOST
Table 53. VSF regulator DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
VSF
Output voltage
2
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
All line, load, IO_VSF up to 6mA
SYS_CGF(VSF_V)= 0
18
20
22
V
All line, load, IO_VSF up to 6mA
Only in case
SYS_CTL(ER_BST_V)=1
SYS_CGF(VSF_V) = 1
23
25
27
V
3
ILIM_VSF
Output load current limit
VSF = 0
7
10
13
mA
4
VDO_VSF
Drop-out voltage
V(ERBOOST-VSF)
-
-
2
V
5
CVSF
Output capacitance
Design Info
2.9
-
14
nF
DS11615 Rev 3
253/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 53. VSF regulator DC specifications (continued)
No
6
Symbol
Parameter
ILKG_VSF_OFF VSF input leakage
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Device OFF
-5
-
5
µA
7
RPD_VSF
VSF pull-down resistance
Device ON
VSF regulator OFF; VSF = 25V
60
125
220
kΩ
8
IPD_VSF
VSF pull-down current
Device ON
VSF regulator ON; Design Info
34
40
46
µA
Device ON
VSF regulator ON
VSF = 25V
SYS_CGF(VSF_V)= 1
147
230
462
µA
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
-
100
µs
9
IPD_VSF_TOT VSF total pull-down current
Table 54. VSF regulator AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TON_VSF
17.16
Parameter
VSF turn on time
Conditions
CVSF = 14 nF
Measured from VSF_EN=1 to
VSF inside regulation limits
Deployment drivers
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35V, 6V SSxy 35V, SSxy - SFx 25V.
Table 55. Deployment drivers – DC specifications
No
1
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
R = 2 ohms
Considering 9mA as not detected
leakage with a 1kOhm equivalent
resistance from SFx to GND
1.33
1.4
1.6
A
R = 2 ohms, 9V ≤ SSxy
Considering 13.5mA as not
detected leakage with a 1kOhm
equivalent resistance from SFx to
GND,
1.94
1.99
2.3
A
Deployment Current Counter
Threshold
-
IDEPL
x*
90%
-
-
A
IDEPL_LO
Deployment Current
2
IDEPL_HI
3
ITH_DEPL
4
IOC_SR
Low side Over Current
Detection
-
2.2
3.1
4.0
A
5
ILIM_SR
Low side
Current Limitation
-
2.2
3.1
4.0
A
254/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 55. Deployment drivers – DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
Parameter
6
ΔILIM_OC_SR
Difference between Current
Limitation and OC Threshold
7
Combined High side MOS +
RDSON_HSLS Low side MOS On
Resistances
8
IREV_SF
9
ILKG_SS_OFF
10
11
Reverse Current on SFx
ILKG_SS_ON_
1CH
ILKG_SS_ON
SSxy leakage current
12
13
ILKG_SS_CH_
ARMED
ILKG_SS_2CH
_ARMED
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
0.1
-
-
mA
Ta = 95°C
-
-
2
Ω
Without device malfunction(1)
Not to be tested in series
production
-
-
-100
mA
Device OFF
SSxy ≤ 35 V
SFx=SFy=0
-10
-
10
µA
Device ON
SSxy ≤ 35 V
SFx = 0
SSxy Leakage current of each
channel
Not Tested
70
100
130
µA
Device ON
SSxy ≤ 35 V
SFx = SFy = 0
Total SSxy leakage current with
both x and y channels NOT
armed (= 2 * 100µA)
140
200
260
µA
Device ON
SSxy ≤ 35 V
SFx = 0
Total SSxy leakage current with
only one channel armed (=520 +
100 µA)
450
620
850
µA
Device ON
SSxy ≤ 35 V
SFx = SFy = 0
Total SSxy leakage current with
both x and y channels armed (=
2* 520 µA)
Not Tested
884
1040
1196
µA
ILIM_SR - IOC_SR
DS11615 Rev 3
255/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 55. Deployment drivers – DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
14
ILKG_SF_ON_
15
ILKG_SF_ON_
16
17
18
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Device ON,
SYNCBOOST = SSxy = 35V,
SFx = 0V
-5
-
5
µA
Device ON,
SYNCBOOST = SSxy = 35V,
SFx = 35V
-5
-
50
µA
Device OFF
SYNCBOOST = open,
SSxy = open but all SSxy pins
connected,
SFx = 0V
-5
-
5
µA
Device OFF
SYNCBOOST = open,
SSxy = open but all SSxy pins
connected,
SFx = 35V
-5
-
50
µA
Device ON,
SYNCBOOST = SSxy = 35V,
SRx = 0V-35
-
-
50
µA
DEVICE OFF,
SYNCBOOST = open,
SSxy = open but all SSxy pins
connected,
SRx pull down current OFF
SRx=0V-20V
-
-
50
µA
DEVICE OFF,
SYNCBOOST = open,
SSxy = open but all SSxy pins
connected,
SRx pull down current OFF
SRx=35V
-
-
30
mA
-
35
-
40
V
Load Inductance
Maximum load inductance
Design Info(2)
0
-
56
µH
13
-
455
nF
Load Capacitance
Maximum capacitance to GND
Design Info
13
-
455
nF
0V
35V
ILKG_SF_OFF SF Leakage Current
_0V
ILKG_SF_OFF
_35V
ILKG_SR_ON
19
SR Leakage Current
ILKG_SR_OFF
20
21
VSR_CLAMP SR voltage clamp
22
LDEPL
23
CSFx
24
256/286
Conditions
CSRx
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 55. Deployment drivers – DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
25
CSSxy
SSxy Capacitance
26
RSFLx
27
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Maximum capacitance to GND
connected directly to SSxy pin
Design Information
-
-
10
nF
Load Impedance
Design Info
-
-
6.5
Ω
Wire Length
Squib/pyroswitch Loops
containing a clock spring shall be
limited to a maximum length of
3m
1
-
10
m
28
RWirex
Wire Resistance
Design Info
16.8
-
63.4
mΩ/
m
29
LWirex
Wire Inductance
Design Info
0.6
-
1.8
µH/
m
30
RCSx
Clock Spring Resistance
Maximum number of clock
springs is 3 for any IC
Design Info
0
-
0.7
Ω
31
LCSx
Clock Spring Inductance
Design Info
0
-
42.9
µH
32
kL_CS1 –
Clock Spring Coupling
Design Info
0.739
-
0.903
-
33
LEMI
Squib/pyroswitch EMI
protection
Design Info
0
-
7.7
µH
1.
L_CS2
In case of an unsupplied device and shorted deployment pins (e.g. to battery voltage), the dynamic reverse current through
the high side power stage depends on CSSxy.
2. LDEPL could be calculated in the following way:
Non-Clock Spring Loops: LDEPL(max) = LWire(10m*2) + LEMI = (3.6uH/m * 10m) + 7.7uH =43.7uH
Clock Spring Loops: LWire(3m*2) + 2*LCSx + LEMI - (2*kL_CX*SQRT(L_CS1*L_CS2)) = = (3.6uH/m * 3m) + 2 * 42.9uH + 7.7uH (2 * 0.739 * 42.9uH) = 40.9uHClock Spring Loops with short to ground
LDEPL(max) = LWire(3m) + LCSx + LEMI = (1.8uH/m * 3m) + 42.9uH + 7.7uH = 56uH.
DS11615 Rev 3
257/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Figure 73. Deployment drivers diagram
ESD/EMI Protection
System Wiring Impedance
Squib EMI
Protection
Clock Spring
Impedance
R_CS1
Squib Load
L_CS1
SFx
C_SFx
R_Wire 1
L_EMI
L_Wire 1
R_Squib
kL_CS1 - L_CS2
Wire Lenght (m)
SRx
R_Wire 2
L_Wire 2
C_SRx
R_CS2
L_CS2
GAPGPS01153
Table 56. Deployment drivers – AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
1
2
TDEPL
Deployment time
3
DCR_x(Dep_Current) =
IDEPL_LO ≥1.209A rising to
1.209A falling;
TDEPL =
DCR_x(Deploy_Time)*
TDEP_TIME_RES - TDEL_IDEP
Min
Typ
DCR_
x(Depl
oy_Ti
me)*
TDEP
_TIM
E_RE
S - 65
-
-
Max
DCR
_x(D
eploy
_Tim
e)*
TDEP
Unit
ms
_TIME
_RES -
4
TDEP_TIME_RES
DCR_x Deploy_Time
resolution
-
-
1024
------------f osc
-
µs
5
TDEP_CC_RES
Deployment current counter
resolution
-
256--------f osc
-
µs
6
TRISE_IDEPL
Rise time
10% - 90% of IDEPL
-
-
32
µs
7
TDEL_IDEP
-
-
65
µs
8
TFALL_IDEPL
Fall time
90% - 10% IDEPL
-
-
32
µs
TDEL_SD_LS
Low side shutdown delay
time
(with respect to high-side
deactivation)
50
-
-
µs
9
258/286
Delay time
SPI_CS to 90% IDEPL
SSxy = 25 V,
RSQ = 2.2 ohm,
C = 22 nF L = 44 µH
-
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 56. Deployment drivers – AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
TFLT_ILIM_LS
Low side overcurrent to low
side deactivation deglitch
time in short to battery
condition
80
100
120
µs
TFLT_OS_LS
Low side overcurrent to high
side deactivation deglitch
time in case of intermittent
open to squib/pyroswitch
condition
11
-
-
20
µs
12
TOFF_OS_HS
High side OFF time in case
of intermittent open to
squib/pyroswitch condition
4
-
12
µs
10
Conditions
-
-
17.17
Deployment driver diagnostic
17.17.1
Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0(max) VIN 35 V, 6 V SSxy 35 V, 7 V SYNCBOOST
35 V.
Table 57. Deployment drivers diagnostics - Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement
No
Symbol
1
RSQ_RANGE_1
2
RSQ_RANGE 2
3
GRSQ
4
Voff_RSQ
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Squib/pyroswitch resistance LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
range 1
SEL) = 0
0
-
10.0
Ω
Squib/pyroswitch resistance LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
range 2
SEL) = 1
0
-
50.0
Ω
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
VOUT_RSQ = GRSQ x [(VSF measurement
VSR)] + Voff_RSQ
Differential amplifier gain
-2%
5.2
+2%
V/V
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
VOUT_RSQ = GRSQ x [(VSF –
measurement
VSR)] + Voff_RSQ
Differential amplifier offset
200
-
400
mV
5
ISRC_HI_SF
ISRC_HI_SR
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
SEL) = 0
measurement
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC) = ‘01’ or ‘10’
High current source
SyncBoost = 11.5 V and 35 V
-5%
40
+5%
mA
6
ISRC_LO_SF
ISRC_LO_SR
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
SEL) = 1
measurement
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC) =’01’ or ‘10’
Low current source
SyncBoost = 11.5 V and 35 V
-10%
8
+10%
mA
7
ISRC_DELTA
Squib/pyroswitch
Resistance Measurement
Delta Current Source
-5%
32
+5%
mA
ISRC_HI_x - ISRC_LO_x
DS11615 Rev 3
259/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 57. Deployment drivers diagnostics - Squib/pyroswitch resistance measurement
No
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
8
SRISRC
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
measurement
current source slew-rate
3
7.5
12
mA/µs
9
VSRx_RM
SRx voltage during
resistance measurement
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC)=”01” or
“10”
LPDIAGREQ(ISINK)=1
0.4
0.7
1.2
V
10
ISINK_HI_SR
SRx current sink limit high
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
SEL) = 0
LPDIAGREQ(ISINK) = 1
50
75
100
mA
11
ISINK_LO_SR
SRx current sink limit low
LPDIAGREQ(ISRC_CURR_
SEL) = 1
LPDIAGREQ(ISINK) = 1
10
17.5
25
mA
12
IPD_SR_L
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 0
0.7
1
1.3
mA
13
IPD_SR_H
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 1
4.5
6
7.5
mA
14
RLKG_SF
SFx leakage resistance
Design info
1
-
-
kΩ
15
VLKG_SF
SFx leakage voltage source Design info
-1
-
18
V
16
RSQ_ACC
After software calculation
All errors included
Squib/pyroswitch resistance
RSQ between 1.0 Ω and 10.0 Ω
measurement accuracy
With High Current Source
(40 mA)
-8%
-
+8
%
17
-
50
-
100
kHz
260/286
Parameter
SRx current pull down
EMI input low-pass filter
Conditions
Design Info
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
17.17.2
Squib/pyroswitch leakage test (VRCM)
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 58. Squib/pyroswitch Leakage Test (VRCM)
No
Symbol
1
2
3
VOUT_VRCM
Parameter
Output Voltage on SF or
SR pins during Leakage
test
Detection threshold,
leakage to GND
ILKG_GSQ_TH_L
4b
5
ILKG_GSQ_TH_H
6
TFLT_LKG
7
Leakage to GND deglitch
filter time
RLKG_BSQ_TH
Detection threshold,
leakage to battery
8a
ILKG_BSQ_TH
8b
9
TFLT_LKG
10
ILIM_VRCM_SRC
11
ILIM_VRCM_SINK
12
VSHIFT
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-10%
2.5
+10%
V
1.9
-
2.5
V
1
-
10
kΩ
Equivalent to resistance range
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 0
-15.5
-25 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
%
guaranteed by
design/characterization
450
+15.5
%
µA
Equivalent to resistance range
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 0 -17%
-40 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
450
+15.5
%
µA
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 1 -15%
2
15%
mA
-
17
20
23
µs
Leakage detected if RLKG_GSG
≤ 1 kΩ and not detected if
RLKG_GSG ≥ 10 kΩ
Design Info
1
-
10
kΩ
Equivalent to resistance range
-25 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
guaranteed by
design/characterization
-12%
1.8
+15%
mA
-40 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
-17%
1.8
+15%
mA
-
17
20
23
µs
-
-20
-
-10
mA
-
10
-
20
mA
Design Info
-1
-
+1
V
IOUT = 0 mA
IOUT = 6.6 mA
Leakage detected if RLKG_GSG
≤ 1 kΩ and not detected if
RLKG_GSG ≥ 10 kΩ
Design Info
RLKG_GSG_TH
4a
Conditions
Leakage to BAT deglitch
filter time
VRCM current limitation
External ground or battery
shift
DS11615 Rev 3
261/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 58. Squib/pyroswitch Leakage Test (VRCM)
No
Symbol
13
RSQ_LOW_TH
14a
IRSQ_LOW_TH
Parameter
Conditions
TFLT_RLOW
16
RSQ_HIGH
17
IRSQ_HIGH
18
TFLT_RHIGH
19
Typ
Max
Unit
200
-
500
Equivalent to resistance range
-25 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
guaranteed by
design/characterization
-12%
6
+12%
mA
-40 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
-17%
6
+12%
mA
-
12
15
18
µs
Design Info
2
-
5
kΩ
-17%
700
+17%
µA
12
15
18
µs
-
-
2
µs
Design Info
Detection threshold for
“resistance too low”
14b
15
Min
“Resistance too low”
deglitch filter time
Detection Threshold for
“resistance too high”
Equivalent to resistance range
“Resistance too high”
deglitch filter time
-
Time needed to change
Tdelay_STG_sele the VRCM STG thresholds
guaranteed by design
(450 µA-to-2 mA or 2 mAction
to-450 µA)
17.17.3
High/low side FET test
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0(max) VIN 35 V, 6 V SSxy 35 V, 7 V SYNCBOOST
35 V.
Table 59. High/low side FET test
No
Symbol
1
IHS_FET_TH
2
ILS_FET_TH
3
Parameter
Detection threshold
high side FET test
Detection threshold
ILS_FET_TH_HIGH low side FET test
4
EFET_TEST
5
TDRIVER_DIS
6
TTOT_FETTEST_A
7
TFETTIMEOUT
CTIVE
262/286
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-12%
1.8
+12%
mA
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 0
-15.5%
450
+15.5%
µA
SYS_CTL(PD&VRCM_SEL) = 1
-15%
2
+15%
mA
-
Energy transferred to
squib/pyroswitch
during HS/LS FET
tests
Design Info
-
-
170
µJ
Driver Disable time
Guarantee by design
-
-
1.5
µs
Total FET test
activation time in case
of no fault condition
Guarantee by design
-
-
4
µs
HS/LS FET test
timeout
-
190
200
210
µs
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 59. High/low side FET test (continued)
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Deglitch filter time
during FET test on
IHS_FET_TH /
ILS_FET_TH current
thresholds
-
0.8
1
1.2
µs
8
TFLT_LKGB_FT
9
ILIM_HS_FET
HS FET current in HS
driver diagnostics
Not tested, see item # 1 in errata
sheet section
40
50
60
mA
10
SGxyOPEN
Squib/pyroswitch open
GNDSUBx as ground reference
ground detection
300
450
600
mV
11
TFLT_SGOPEN
Squib/pyroswitch open
ground detection filter time
46
50
54
µs
17.17.4
Deployment timer test
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
-40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 60. Deployment timer test - AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
tPULSE_PERIOD
2
IPULSE_HIGH
Parameter
Conditions
Deployment timer pulse
test period time
Deployment timer pulse
test high time
Min
Typ
7
8
SYSDIAGREQ(DSTEST)=PULSE
-
Max Unit
DCR_x(
Deploy_
Time)*
TDEP_TIM
9
ms
-
µs
E_RES
17.18
Remote sensor interface
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, VSATBUCK(min) VSATBUCK,
VSYNCBOOST(min) VSYNCBOOST
17.18.1
PSI-5 interface
Table 61. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
IRSU
2
VRSU_MAX
Parameter
Conditions
Interface quiescent current Max. output voltage
excluding sync. pulse
(internal regulation,
VSATBUCK = VSYNCBOOST)
DS11615 Rev 3
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-35
-
-4
mA
-
-
11
V
263/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 61. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - DC specifications (continued)
No
3
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
(internal regulation,
VSYNCBOOST = VIN)
Syncboost = 12 V, 14.75 V,
18 V and 35 V
-
-
16.5
V
RSU output resistance
From IRSU = -4 mA to -65 mA
3
-
9.5
Static reverse current into
SATBUCK or
SYNCBOOST pin
(VSUPPLY)
VRSUx > VSUPPLY + VRSU_STB
0.0
-
10
mA
Max. output voltage
VRSU_SYNC_MAX
including sync. pulse
4
RRSU
5
ISTB_TH
6
VRSU_STB
Output short to battery
threshold
-
10.0
-
100
mV
7
IOCTH_PSI5
Over current detection
threshold
Interface disabled after
TFLT_OCTH_PSI5
-120
-
-66
mA
8
ILIM_PSI5
Output current limit
IRSUx
-130
-
-80
mA
9
ILIM_OC_PSI5
10
-
-
mA
10
IBO
11
ILKGG
12
ILKGB
13
IOL
14
DACRES
15
ILSB
Difference between current
ABS(ILIM_RSU) - ABS(IOCTH_RSU)
limitation and OC threshold
Base current
Default value
-15%
-15
+15%
mA
Trigger point for fault
current detection
To ground; detected by IB
-50.4
-42
-35
mA
To battery; detected by IB
-3.5
-
-1
ILKGB
-
ILKGB
Output open load detection
VRSUx = open
threshold
(min)
(max)
mA
DAC resolution
-
-
10
-
Bit
LSB current
Design Info
-
93.75
-
µA
3.8
-
-
V
16
Vt2
Sync pulse amplitude
IRSU = 4 - 35 mA
Referred to VRSUx voltage
before sync pulse
Syncboost = 12 V, 14.75 V,
18 V and 35 V
17
VSYNCDROP
Sync drop-out voltage
VSYNCBOOST - VRSUx
1
-
-
V
18
ILIM_SYNC_LS
Sync pulse current limit
(LS driver)
-
50
-
80
mA
19
ILIM_SYNC
Static current limitation for
each transceiver output
RSUx
During sync
pulse generator VRSUx=GND
-240
-
-120
mA
20
C1
Capacitor on RSUx
Regulator
22 nF nominal
Design Info
13
-
-
nF
21
RE2
RSU damping resistance
Design info
-
2.5
-
Ω
22
C2
ECU pin capacitance
5 nF nominal
Design Information, not tested
4
-
6
nF
23
-
Total number of sensors
connected to bus
Design info
1
-
3
-
264/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 62. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TBit_125k
2
TBit_189k
3
TFLT_OCTH_PSI5
Over Current
Detection deglitch Normal operation
filter time
TBLK_OCTH_PSI5
Over Current
Detection
Blanking Time
4
5
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Bit time (125 kbps
At the sensor connector
mode)
7.6
8
8.4
μs
Bit time (189 kbps
At the sensor connector
mode)
5
5.3
5.6
μs
500
-
600
μs
At interface power on (BLKTxSEL = 0)
4.6
-
5.4
ms
At interface power on (BLKTxSEL = 1)
9.4
-
10.8
ms
12
-
16
μs
6
TSTBTH
Reverse Battery
Blocking Enable
Time
-
7
t0
Reference time
@0.5 V on top of V(RSUx)
Syncboost = 12 V, 14.75 V, 18 V and
35 V
-
0
-
-
8
t1
Start delay time
From t0 to SATSYNC
Syncboost = 12 V, 14.75 V, 18 V and
35 V
-3
-
-
μs
9
t2
Sync signal
sustain start
@ VRSU+3.8 V relative to t0
Syncboost = 12 V, 14.75 V, 18 V and
35 V
-
-
7
μs
10
SRRISE_RSU
Sync slope rising
slew rate
0.43
-
1.5
V/μs
11
SRFALL_RSU
Sync slope falling
slew rate
-1.5
-
-
V/μs
12
t3
Sync signal
sustain time
Design Info
16
-
-
µs
13
t4
Discharge time
limit
Design Info
-
-
35
µs
14
TBLANK
Decoder blanking
time (decoding
Design Info
disabled)
-
-
42
μs
15
TSYNC
Time between
two
sync pulses
Design Info
400
500
-
µs
16
TFLT_PSI5_HF
PSI5 Deglitch
filter time
F = 189 kbaud
Configurable by SPI (4bits)
1
-
2
μs
17
TFLT_PSI5_LF
PSI5 Deglitch
filter time
F = 125 kbaud
Configurable by SPI (4bits)
1.5
-
2.5
μs
DS11615 Rev 3
265/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 62. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
18
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
44
-
58.6
μs
19
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
44
-
58.6
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
44
-
58.6
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L
44
-
58.6
μs
22
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H
44
-
58.6
μs
23
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H
44
-
58.6
μs
24
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
181.3
-
210.4
μs
25
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
181.3
-
210.4
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
139.5
-
164.2
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 181.3
-
210.4
μs
28
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 181.3
-
210.4
μs
29
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H 139.5
-
164.2
μs
30
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
328.9
-
373.5
μs
31
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
328.9
-
373.5
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
245.5
-
281.3
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 328.9
-
373.5
μs
34
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 328.9
-
373.5
μs
35
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H 245.5
-
281.3
μs
36
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
107.2
-
127.6
μs
37
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
82
-
99.4
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
82
-
99.4
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L
121
-
142.8
μs
40
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H
91
-
109.4
μs
41
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H
91
-
109.4
μs
42
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
151
-
174.6
μs
43
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
119.8
-
139.9
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
119.8
-
139.9
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 167.8
-
193
μs
46
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H
131
-
152.5
μs
47
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H
131
-
152.5
μs
20
T_ES_1, T_LS_1
21
26
T_ES_2, T_LS_2
27
32
T_ES_3, T_LS_3
33
38
T_s1_end_open
39
44
45
T_s1_end_closure
266/286
Message start
time, Slot 1
Message start
time, Slot 2
Message start
time, Slot 3
Slot 1 End valid
window,
opening time
Slot 1 End valid
window,
closure time
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 62. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
48
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
231.6
-
264.9
μs
49
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
206
-
236.7
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
168
-
194.9
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 245.4
-
280.1
μs
52
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 215.5
-
246.7
μs
53
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H 177.5
-
205
μs
54
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
302.8
-
342.1
μs
55
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
271.6
-
308
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
225.4
-
256.5
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 319.6
-
360.5
μs
58
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 282.7
-
320
μs
59
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H 236.5
-
269
μs
60
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
365.1
-
412.5
μs
61
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
339.4
-
384.3
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
263.9
-
300.9
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 378.9
-
427.7
μs
64
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 348.5
-
394.3
μs
65
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H
273
-
311
μs
66
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3L
465.9
-
522.7
μs
67
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-3H
434.7
-
488
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P8P-500-4H
342.5
-
386.1
μs
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3L 482.7
-
541.1
μs
70
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-3H 445.9
-
500
μs
71
Related to t0, Sensor Side, P10P-500-4H 353.7
-
398.2
μs
50
51
56
57
62
63
68
69
72
T_s2_end_open
T_s2_end_closure
T_s3_end_open
T_s3_end_closure
Slot 2 End valid
window,
opening time
Slot 2 End valid
window,
closure time
Slot 3 End valid
window,
opening time
Slot 3 End valid
window,
closure time
SYS_CFG(RSU_SYNCPULSE_SHIFT
_CONF)=0 Related to Start of Sync
Pulse on ch. N-1
-
160--------f osc
-
μs
SYS_CFG(RSU_SYNCPULSE_SHIFT
_CONF)=1 Related to Start of Sync
Pulse on ch. N-1
-
288--------f osc
-
μs
-
10
-
15
µs
Leakage Deglitch
Filter Time
10
-
15
µs
TSYNC_DLY_SHORT
Sync Pulse Start
Delay
73
TSYNC_DLY_LONG
74
TFLT_OPEN_RSU
75
TFLT_LKG_RSU
Open Detection
Deglitch Filter
Time
DS11615 Rev 3
267/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 62. PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications (continued)
No
76
Symbol
Parameter
TWRITE_EN_DELAY_LF
Data register
write delay
77
TWRITE_EN_DELAY_HF
17.18.2
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Design Info
F = 125 kbaud
Calculated from transition of last
sensor bit to when data is available in
SPI register
-
-
19
µs
Design Info
F = 189 kbaud
Calculated from transition of last
sensor bit to when data is available in
SPI register
-
-
14
µs
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
WSS interface
Table 63. WSS sensor - DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
C1
2
VRSU_MAX
3
RRSU
4
IBO
Parameter
RSU load capacitance
10nF nominal, Design Info
6
-
-
nF
RSUx Max output voltage
(internal regulation,
VSATBUCK=VSYNCBOOST)
-
-
11
V
Output resistance
From IRSU=-4mA to -35mA
4
-
12
Ω
Base Current
Auto Adaptive option
(default value)
+15%
-7
-15%
mA
Fixed threshold option
-25 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
guaranteed by
design/characterization
+15%
-9.8
-15%
mA
Fixed threshold option
-40 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
+20%
-9.8
-20%
mA
14mA / 28mA detection
Fixed threshold option
+15%
-19.6
-15%
mA
-4.5
-
-0.2
mA
Open sensor detection
RSUx OPEN
-25 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
guaranteed by
design/characterization
RSUx OPEN
-40 °C ≤ Tj ≤ +150 °C
-5.5
-
0
mA
Leakage to GND threshold VRSUx= GND
13.2
15
17.1
mA
5a
ITH1
7mA / 14mA detection
5b
6
ITH2
7a
ITHOPEN
Conditions
7b
8
ITHGND
9
IOCTH_WSS
Over Current Detection
Threshold
output disabled after
TFLT_OCTH_WSS
-65
-
-38
mA
10
ILIMTH_WSS
Output Current Limit
-
-65
-
-40
mA
1
-
-
mA
11
Difference between
ΔILIM_OC_WSS Current Limitation and OC ILIM_RSU - IOC_RSU
Threshold
268/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 63. WSS sensor - DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
12
VRSU_STB
13
ISTBTH
14
VOH_WS
15
VOL_WS
16
ILKG_WS
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
10
-
100
mV
0.0
-
10
mA
ILOAD = -1mA
VCC0.5
-
VCC
V
ILOAD = 1mA
-
-
0.4
V
-10
-
10
μA
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Output Short to Battery
Threshold
Static reverse current into
SATBUCK or
SYNCBOOST pin
(V_supply)
VRSUx > V_supply + VRSUxSTB
WSx Output Voltage
WSx Output Leakage
Tri-state leakage
Table 64. WSS sensor - AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TFLT_WS
2
3
-
-
Parameter
Conditions
WS Deglitch filter time
Configurable by SPI (4bits)
8
-
15.6
μs
Latency time
between receiving sensor data @
RSUx pin and reaching threshold
high level of WSx pin (trigger point
80% of RSUx modulated current)
-
-
2+
TFLT_
μs
Design Info
-
-
125
ns
Jitter on Latency time
WS
4
TFLT_OCTH_WS Over Current Detection
Deglitch filter time
S
-
500
-
600
μs
5
TFLT_OPEN_RS Open Detection Deglitch
Filter Time
U
-
10
-
15
μs
6
TFLT_LKG_RSU
-
10
-
15
μs
7
TSTANDSTILL_T
-
1.13
-
-
ms
-
2.55
ms
8
H_L
TSTANDSTILL_T
H_H
Leakage Deglitch Filter
Time
Pulse duration to assert
standstill bit thresholds
-
DS11615 Rev 3
269/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.19
L9680
DC sensor interface
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, 8.5 V SYNCBOOST 35 V.
Table 65. DC Sensor interface specifications
No
Symbol
1
VOUT_DCSREG
2
ILIM_DCSREG
3
Parameter
VDCS_ACC1
5
VDCS_RANGE2
6
VDCS_ACC2
7
IDCS_RANGE1
8
IDCS_ACC1
9
IDCS_RANGE2
10
IDCS_ACC2
11
IDCS_RANGE3
12
IDCS_ACC3
13
RDCS_RANGE
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
DCS output voltage
regulation mode
DCS regulator enabled
SyncBoost = 11.5 V and 35 V
-10%
6.25
+10%
V
DCS current limitation
regulation mode
DCS regulator enabled
SyncBoost = 11.5 V and 35 V
24
27
30
mA
First voltage measurement
(VDCS_MEAS1) to compensate
external ground shift and internal
offset
-1
-
1.4
V
VDCS = VDCS_RANGE1
DCS voltage
measurement accuracy 1 Included ADC error
-15
-
15
%
DCS voltage
measurement range 2
1.5
-
10
V
VDCS = VDCS_RANGE2
DCS voltage
measurement accuracy 2 Included ADC error
-8
-
+8
%
DCS Current
measurement range 1
1
-
2
mA
-30
-
+30
%
2
-
22
mA
-12
-
+12
%
ILIM_D
-
mA
DCS voltage
VDCS_RANGE1
measurement range1
4
Conditions
-
-
IDCS = IDCS_RANGE1
DCS current
measurement accuracy 1 Included ADC error
DCS current
measurement range 2
-
IDCS = IDCS_RANGE2
DCS current
measurement accuracy 2 Included ADC error
DCS current
measurement range 3
Regulator in current limitation
-
CSREG
VDCS = 0V
DCS Current
measurement accuracy 3 Included ADC error
-12
-
+12
%
DCS resistance
measurement range
Design info
65
-
3000
Ω
Performing voltage
measurements 1 and 2
After software calculation
all errors included
-15
-
15
%
14
RDCS_ACC
Accuracy of digital
resistance measurement
15
IPD_DCS
DCSx current pull down
VDCS = 1.5 V
130
200
260
µA
16
RPD_DCS
DCSx resistance
pull down
Device active,
DCSx current pull down disabled
90
150
210
kΩ
270/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 65. DC Sensor interface specifications
No
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
17
IPD_DCS_TOT
DCSx total current
pull down
IPD_DCS_TOT = IPD_DCS + RPD_DCS
VDCS = 6.5 V
160
240
330
µA
18
CDCS
Output capacitance
Design Info
10
-
-
nF
19
IREF_DCS
Internal Current
Reference for DCS
Current Measurement
-
-5%
300
+5%
µA
20
Ratio_VDCS
Divider ratio for DCSx
voltage measurement
-
-3%
7.125
+3%
V/V
21
VOFF_DCS
DCSx internal offset
during voltage
measurement
-
0.35
0.375
0.39
V
17.20
Parameter
Conditions
Safing engine
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V, VCCx(min) VCCx VCCx(max),
VCC = 3.3 V or 5 V.
Table 66. Arming Interface – DC specifications
No
Symbol
1
VTH_H_ACL
2
VTH_L_ACL
3
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ACL input voltage
thresholds
-
2.33
-
2.5
V
-
1.58
-
1.71
V
VHYS_ACl
ACL hysteresis
-
0.6
0.75
0.9
V
4
RPD_ACL
ACL pull down resistance
VACL = 3.3V
150
210
270
kΩ
5
VOH_ARM
ARMx output high voltage
ILOAD = -0.5 mA
internal safing selected
VCC-0.60
-
VCC
V
6
VOL_ARM
ARMx output low voltage
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
internal safing selected
0
-
0.4
V
7
RPD_ARM
ARMx pull down
resistance
-
65
100
135
kΩ
8
VIH_ARM
ARMx high level input
voltage
-
2
-
-
V
9
VIL_ARM
ARMx low level input
voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
10
RPD_ARMx, x=1,2,3
ARM1,2,3 pull down
resistor
External safing selected
60
100
140
kΩ
11
IPU_ARM4
ARM4 pull up current
ARM4 = 0V
external safing selected
-100
-75
-50
µA
12
VOH_PSINHB
PSINHB output high
voltage
ILOAD = -0.5 mA
Internal safing selected
VCC-0.60
-
VCC
V
DS11615 Rev 3
271/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 66. Arming Interface – DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
Parameter
13
VOL_PSINHB
PSINHB output low
voltage
14
RPD_PSINHB
15
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ILOAD = 2.0 mA
Internal safing selected
0
-
0.4
V
PSINHB pull down
resistance
-
65
100
135
kΩ
VIH_PSINHB
PSINHB high level input
voltage
-
2
-
-
V
16
VIL_PSINHB
PSINHB low level input
voltage
-
-
-
0.8
V
17
VIH_SAF_CSx
SAF_CSx high level input
voltage
-
2
-
-
V
18
VIL_SAF_CSx
SAF_CSx low level input
voltage
-
-
-
0.8
19
IPU_SAF_CSx
SAF_CSx pull up current
SAF_CSx = 0 V to
VIH_SAF_CSx(min)
-70
-45
-20
µA
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
475
500
525
µs
-
213
-
237
ms
-
168
-
187
ms
-
154
-
171
ms
-
114
-
126
ms
Scrap validation
TACL and TON_ACL valid
-
3
-
-
cycles
Scrap invalid
TACL invalid
-
2
-
-
cycles
TSCRAP_TIMEOUT Scrap timeout timer
-
520
550
580
µs
Scrap seed counter
frequency
-
-
ƒ osc
---------16
-
MHz
-
-
-
0
ms
Table 67. Arming interface – AC specifications
No
Symbol
1
TARM
2
TACL_HI
3
TACL_LO
4
TON_ACL_HI
5
TON_ACL_LO
6
TVALID_ACL
7
TINVALID_ACL
8
9
fSCRAP_SEED
Parameter
Sensor sampling period
ACL period time thresholds
ACL on-time thresholds
10
11
12
TPULSE_STRECH
Arming enable pulse stretch time
-
30
32
34
ms
242
-
270
ms
-
1934
-
2162
ms
-
-
1.00
µs
-
-
1.00
µs
-
-
1.00
µs
-
-
1.00
µs
13
14
TRISE_ARM
ARMx rise time
15
TFALL_ARM
ARMx fall time
16
TRISE_PSINHB
PSINHB rise time
17
TFALL_PSINHB
PSINHB fall time
272/286
Conditions
50 pF load, 20% to 80%
internal safing selected
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
17.21
General purpose output drivers
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35V, VGPODx + 5V VERBOOST.
Table 68. GPO interface DC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
1
VSAT_GPO_L
Output saturation voltage
2
VSAT_GPO_H
3
4
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
VGPOD – VGPOS
ILOAD = 50 mA
ERBOOST = 35 V
-
-
0.5
V
Output saturation voltage
VGPOD – VGPOS
ILOAD = 70 mA
-
-
0.7
V
ILIM_GPO
Driver current limit
VGPOD – VGPOS = 1.5 V
ERBOOST = 35 V
73
110
160
mA
IOC_GPO
Over current detection
ERBOOST = 35 V
73
110
160
mA
5
GPO diag OFF output
voltage on GPOD in low
VOUT_GPOD_OL
side mode in open load
condition
GPOxLS = 1
IOUT = 0 mA
-10%
2.5
+10%
V
6
GPO diag OFF output
voltage on GPOS in high
VOUT_GPOS_OL
side mode in open load
condition
GPOxLS = 0
IOUT = 0 mA
-10%
2.5
+10%
V
GPO diag OFF state short
to ground detection
GPOxLS = 0 / 1
threshold
15
27
40
µA
7
ISRC_TH
8
ISINK_TH_LS
GPO Diag OFF state short GPOxLS = 1
to battery detection
GPOS = 0
threshold low side mode
15
27
46
µA
9
ISINK_TH_HS
GPO Diag OFF state short
to battery detection
GPOxLS = 0
threshold high side mode
170
220
270
µA
10
ILIM_GPOD_SRC
-90
-70
-50
µA
50
70
90
µA
-90
-70
-50
µA
320
400
480
µA
11
12
13
GPOxLS = 1,
GPO Driver OFF,
GPOD = 0 V, GPOS = 0 V
GPO Diag OFF state
low side mode
GPOxLS = 1,
current limitation on GPOD
GPO Driver OFF,
ILIM_GPOD_SINK
GPOD = 18 V, GPOS = 0 V
ILIM_GPOS_SRC
GPOxLS = 0,
GPO Driver OFF,
GPOD = 18 V, GPOS = 0 V
GPO Diag OFF state
high side mode
GPOxLS = 0,
current limitation on GPOS
GPO driver OFF,
ILIM_GPOS_SINK
GPOD = 18 V,GPOS = 18 V
DS11615 Rev 3
273/286
285
Electrical characteristics
L9680
Table 68. GPO interface DC specifications (continued)
No
Symbol
14
IOL_GPO
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
0.5
1
3
mA
-
-
130
µA
VGPOD = 18 V
VGPOS = 0V
ERBOOST = 35 V
Power-off or Sleep Mode
-5
-
+5
µA
ILKG_GPOD_ON
VGPOD = 18 V
VGPOS = 0 V
ERBOOST = 35 V
GPO Driver OFF
Active or Passive Mode with
GPO un-configured
-5
-
+5
µA
ILKG_GPOS_OFF
VGPOD = 18 V
VGPOS = 0 V
ERBOOST = 35 V
Power-off or Sleep Mode
-5
-
+5
µA
VGPOD = 18 V
VGPOS = 0 V
ERBOOST = 35 V
GPO Driver OFF
Active or Passive Mode with
GPO un-configured
-5
-
+5
µA
VGPOS = VGPOD + 1 V
GPO Driver OFF
-
-
1
mA
-
150
175
190
°C
-
5
10
15
°C
Design Info
6
-
-
nF
15
16
IDIAG_GPO
Parameter
Open load current
threshold
18
ILKG_GPOD_OFF
GPOS output leakage
current
19
ILKG_GPOS_ON
20
IREV_GPO
21
TJSD_GPO
22
THYS_TSD_GPO
23
CGPO
274/286
GPO driver ON
Voltage measurement in
progress through Analog MUX
Diagnostic current on load
Increased leakage for a short
specified time (32µs)
GPOD output leakage
current
17
Conditions
Reverse current
Thermal shutdown
Load capacitor
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 69. GPO driver interface – AC specifications
No
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
1
SRGPOx
GPOx output voltage
slew rate
30% - 70%;
RLOAD = 273 Ω, CLOAD = 100 nF
0.1
0.25
0.4
V/µs
2
TFLT_OC
Over current
detection filter time
GPO Driver ON
10
12
14
µs
3
TFLT_UC
Open load detection
filter time
GPO Driver ON
8
10
12
µs
TFLT_STB
Short to battery
detection in OFF
state deglitch filter
time
GPO Driver OFF
8
10
15
µs
5
TFLT_STG
Short to GND
detection in OFF
state deglitch filter
time
GPO Driver OFF
8
10
15
µs
6
TMASK_STUP_ON
136
-
200
µs
7
Diagnostic mask
TMASK_STUP_OFF delay after switch
OFF
520
-
584
µs
-
-
10
µs
GPO PWM frequency Design Info
-
125
GPO PWM duty cycle Increment step = 1.6%
0
-
4
8
TFLT_TSD
9
FPWM
10
DCPWM
Diagnostic mask
CGPOX = 100 nF typ
delay after switch ON
Thermal shutdown
filter time
CGPOX = 100 nF typ
-
DS11615 Rev 3
Hz
100
%
275/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.22
L9680
Analog to digital converter
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 70. Analog to digital converter
No
1
Symbol
VADC_RANGE ADC input voltage range
2
3
Parameter
VADC_REF
ADC_RES
ADC reference voltage
ADC resolution
(1)
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
0.1
-
2.5
V
-
-1.5%
2.5
+1.5%
V
Design Info
-
10
-
bit
Separation between adjacent
levels, measured bit to bit of
actual and an ideal output step.
No missing codes
-1
-
+1
LSB
-3
-
+3
LSB
DNL
Differential non linearity
error (DNL)
5
INL
Maximum difference between the
Integral non linearity error actual analog value at the
(INL)
transition between 2 adjacent
steps and its ideal value
6
EQUANT
7
TotErr
8
4
Quantization error
Design Info
-0.5
-
0.5
LSB
Total error
Includes INL, DNL, ADC
Reference voltage tolerance and
quantization error
-15
-
+15
LSB
TotErr_0v1
ADC total error for 0.1 V
input voltage
-
-5
-
+5
LSB
9
TotErr_2v4
ADC total error for 2.4 V
input voltage
-
-15
-
+15
LSB
10
RLSB_1
1x sampling measurements.
Guaranteed by design
-6
-
6
LSB
4x sampling measurements.
Guaranteed by design
-3
-
3
LSB
8x sampling measurements.
Guaranteed by design
-2.5
-
2.5
LSB
Reproducibility:
conversion result
variation for constant
input signal
11
RLSB_4
12
RLSB_8
13
Pre-ADC
Pre-ADC settling time
-
-
4.81
-
µs
14
T_TSC
Single conversion time
-
-
2.25
-
µs
15
IQ
Intra-queue settling time
-
-
3.5
-
µs
16
Post-ADC
Post- ADC settling time
-
-
3.44
-
µs
276/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Electrical characteristics
Table 70. Analog to digital converter (continued)
No
Symbol
17
-
18
-
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ADC conversion time voltage
4x sampling for each of the 4
conversions in the queue
Design Info
-
54.75
-
µs
ADC conversion time –
current and voltage
8x sampling for DCS,
temperature and
squib/pyroswitch loop resistance
measurements + 4x sampling for
remaining 2 conversions in the
queue
Design Info
-
51.25
-
µs
1. LSB = (2.5V / 1024) = 2.44mV
DS11615 Rev 3
277/286
285
Electrical characteristics
17.23
L9680
Voltage diagnostics (Analog MUX)
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35V.
Table 71. Voltage diagnostics (Analog MUX)
No
Symbol
1
Ratio_1
2
Ratio_4
3
Ratio_7
4
Min
Typ
Max
Units
VIN_RANGE_1 = 0.1 V to 2.5 V
-
1
-
V/V
VINPUT_RANGE_4 = 1 V to 10 V
-3%
4
+3%
V/V
VINPUT_RANGE_7 = 1.5V to
17.5V
-3%
7
+3%
V/V
Ratio_10
VINPUT_RANGE_10 = 2 V to 25 V
-3%
10
+3%
V/V
5
Ratio_15
VINPUT_RANGE_15 = 3 V to 35 V
-3%
15
+3%
V/V
6
Offset
High impedance
-10
-
10
mV
7
RRATIO_4
Multiplexer input to GNDA
80
-
-
kΩ
8
RRATIO_7
Multiplexer input to GNDA
120
-
-
kΩ
9
RRATIO_10
Multiplexer input to GNDA
160
-
-
kΩ
10
RRATIO_15
Multiplexer input to GNDA
200
-
-
kΩ
11
ILEAK_MUX_ON
Additional multiplexer
on-state input leakage
current
For all divider ratio expect
ratio_1
-
-
60
µA
12
VMEAS_ACC
Voltage measurement
accuracy
(±15LSB) plus divider error (±3%)
17.24
Parameter
Divider ratios
Divider Offset
Multiplexer input
resistance
Conditions
Temperature sensor
All electrical characteristics are valid for the following conditions unless otherwise noted:
40 °C Ta +95 °C, VINGOOD0 VIN 35 V.
Table 72. Temperature sensor specifications
No
Symbol
1
TMON_RANGE
Monitoring temperature
range
2
TMON_ACC
Monitoring temperature
accuracy
278/286
Parameter
Conditions
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
-40
-
150
°C
-
-15
-
15
°C
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Quality information
18
Quality information
18.1
OTP memory
The device contains a 128-bits One-Time Programmable memory. This OTP memory is
used for the following purposes:
1.
86 bits data + 3 bits CRC for critical parameters trimming: bandgaps, oscillators,
reference currents, firing currents, DC sensor and RSU interface parameters.
2.
18 bits data for other blocks trimming: ADC, ER Cap Measurement
3.
20 bits data for die and wafer traceability
4.
1 bit for debug purpose
User read/write access to the OTP memory via SPI is only possible during production
testing and require activation of a special test mode.
During mission mode, the trimming bits are automatically read from OTP and transferred to
the related circuits at each POR cycle. During this operation, actual CRC of the protected
trimming data is calculated and checked against the expected CRC stored in the OTP. In
case of CRC check failure the OTPCRC_ERR flag is set in the FLTSR register.
DS11615 Rev 3
279/286
285
Errata sheet
19
L9680
Errata sheet
Table 73. Errata sheet
#
Component
Revision
1
L9680CC
2
3
280/286
L9680CC
L9680CC
Category /
Function
Issue Description
The high side driver diagnostic, described in section on page
Deployment
174, doesn’t work. As consequence, the ILIM_HS_FET parameter
Diagnostic
is not tested in production.
WSS Over
current
detection
The over current threshold doesn’t work. The user can use the
leakage to ground flag to understand if a fault condition is
present. The interface is anyway protected by means of thermal
protection.
Safing
engine
The safing records associated with CS_RS validate and process
data with matching request/response masks even if these are not
coming from CS_RS frames but from frames sniffed on
SAF_CSx.
This may lead to issues when expansion chip is used and
CS_RS frames sent on expansion are sniffed by SAF_CSx at
SBC side; the SBC fails to check its own CS_RS and therefore
all RSUs safing records CC with matching request/response
masks of expansion RSUs safing records will be updated upon
the processing of the expansion RSU SPI data.
Workaround: use two different values for WID SPI bit when
addressing CS_RS at SBC (ie WID=1) and expansion (WID=0)
side.
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
20
Package information
Package information
In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of
ECOPACK packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK
specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com.
ECOPACK is an ST trademark.
TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package information
Figure 74. TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package outline
SEATING
PLANE
D
C
D1
A
A2
D3
D2
A1
75
51
ccc
C
50
76
100
E
E1
26
1
25
A1
c
L
e
L1
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
E3
E2
b
20.1
k
0,25 mm
GAGE PLANE
GAPGPS03452
7357321_E_YE
DS11615 Rev 3
281/286
285
Package information
L9680
Table 74. TQFP100 (14x14x1.4 mm exp. pad down) package mechanical data
Dimensions
Ref
Inches(1)
Millimeters
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Min.
Typ.
Max.
A
-
-
1.20
-
-
0.0472
A1
0.05
-
0.15
0.0020
-
0.0059
A2
0.95
1.00
1.05
0.0374
0.0394
0.0413
b
0.17
0.22
0.27
0.0067
0.0087
0.0106
c
0.09
-
0.20
0.0035
-
0.0079
D
15.80
16.00
16.20
0.6220
0.6299
0.6378
D1
13.80
14.00
14.20
0.5433
0.5512
0.5591
5.40
-
8.50
0.2126
-
0.3346
D3
-
12.00
-
-
0.4724
-
E
15.80
16.00
16.20
0.622
0.6299
0.6378
E1
13.80
14.00
14.20
0.5433
0.5512
0.5591
E2(2))
5.40
-
8.50
0.2126
-
0.3346
E3
-
12.00
-
-
0.4724
-
e
-
0.50
-
-
0.0197
-
L
0.45
0.60
0.75
0.0177
0.0236
0.0295
L1
-
1.00
-
-
0.0394
-
k
-
3.50
7.00
-
0.1378
0.2756
ccc
-
-
0.08
-
-
0.0031
(2)
D2
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
2. The size of exposed pad is variable depending of lead frame design pad size. End user should verify “D2”
and “E2” dimensions for each device application.
282/286
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
21
Order codes
Order codes
Table 75. Device summary
Order code
L9680
L9680TR
Package
TQFP100
DS11615 Rev 3
Pacing
Tray
Tape & Reel
283/286
285
Revision history
22
L9680
Revision history
Table 76. Document revision history
284/286
Date
Revision
03-May-2016
1
Changes
Initial release.
DS11615 Rev 3
L9680
Revision history
Table 76. Document revision history
Date
23-Oct-2018
09-Sep-2021
Revision
Changes
2
Modified in Table 1: Absolute maximum ratings the max. values for
all SRx pins name from 40 V to 35 V.
Updated:
– Section 5.2: Deployment drivers on page 24,
– Section 6.2.5: Power-up and power-down sequences,
– Section 6.10: VCOREMON external core voltage monitor’
– Section 9.1.1: Functional description’
– Table 25: Internal regulator DC specifications on page 236,
– General conditions in Section 17.5: Oscillators on page 238,
– Table 31: Reset DC specifications on page 239,
– Table 34: SPI AC specifications on page 241,
– Table 34: SPI AC specifications on page 241,
– Table 38: ER CAP current generators and diagnostic DC
specifications on page 245,
– Table 40: ER Switch DC specifications on page 246,
– Table 44: SYNCBOOST converter DC specifications,
– Table 47: SATBUCK converter DC specifications on page 250,,
– Table 50: VCC converter DC specifications,
– Table 57: Deployment drivers diagnostics - Squib/pyroswitch
resistance measurement on page 259,
– General conditions in Section 17.17.2: Squib/pyroswitch
leakage test (VRCM) on page 261,
– Table 61: PSI-5 satellite transceiver - DC specifications on
page 263,
– Table 62: PSI-5 satellite transceiver - AC specifications on
page 265,
– Table 65: DC Sensor interface specifications on page 270,
– Table 68: GPO interface DC specifications on page 273,
– Table 71: Voltage diagnostics (Analog MUX) on page 278.
– Corrected in Section 7.3.29 “register HIGH_LEV_DIAG_SEL”
for “0100” from “unused” to “ER cap ESR measure” and
Section 7.3.31 “register HIGH_LEV_DIAG_SEL” for “100” from
“unused” to “ER cap ESR measure”.
– Updated Section 19: Errata sheet on page 280.
3
Added:
– Section : Applications in cover page;
– Section 16: Applications;
– Section 21: Order codes.
Minor text changes in:
– Table 55: Deployment drivers – DC specifications;
– Section 1: Description;
– Section 6.1: Power supply overview;
– Section 7.3.27: WD test command register (WD_TEST);
– Section 12.6: Additional communication line.
Changed “Squib” in “Squib/pyroswitch” throughout the document.
DS11615 Rev 3
285/286
285
L9680
IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and
improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on
ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order
acknowledgement.
Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or
the design of Purchasers’ products.
No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein.
Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product.
ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. For additional information about ST trademarks, please refer to www.st.com/trademarks. All other
product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document.
© 2021 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved
286/286
DS11615 Rev 3
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
